Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert - Discrete and ...

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert

35010516 12/2018

3501

0516

.16

www.schneider-electric.com

Quantum using EcoStruxure™Control ExpertDiscrete and Analog I/OReference Manual(Original Document)

12/2018

The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these products for specific user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the relevant specific application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. If you have any suggestions for improvements or amendments or have found errors in this publication, please notify us. You agree not to reproduce, other than for your own personal, noncommercial use, all or part of this document on any medium whatsoever without permission of Schneider Electric, given in writing. You also agree not to establish any hypertext links to this document or its content. Schneider Electric does not grant any right or license for the personal and noncommercial use of the document or its content, except for a non-exclusive license to consult it on an "as is" basis, at your own risk. All other rights are reserved.All pertinent state, regional, and local safety regulations must be observed when installing and using this product. For reasons of safety and to help ensure compliance with documented system data, only the manufacturer should perform repairs to components.When devices are used for applications with technical safety requirements, the relevant instructions must be followed. Failure to use Schneider Electric software or approved software with our hardware products may result in injury, harm, or improper operating results.Failure to observe this information can result in injury or equipment damage.© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

2 35010516 12/2018

Table of Contents

Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15About the Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Part I General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Chapter 1 Module Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Mapping a Local Quantum I/O Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Open the Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Chapter 2 Quantum Addressing Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Flat Addressing—800 Series I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Topological Addressing—800 Series I/O Modules with Control Expert 29IODDT Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Quantum IODDTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Addressing Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Discrete I/O Bit Numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34I/O Module Status Byte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35I/O Configuration for Discrete Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39I/O Configuration for Discrete Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45I/O Configuration for Discrete Input/Output Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Chapter 3 General Rules for Attaching Discrete and Analog Input/Output Modules Terminal Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Attaching a Discrete and Analog Modules Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . 57

Part II Analog IN Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Chapter 4 140 ACI 030 00: Analog Current / Voltage IN Module . . 61

Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

35010516 12/2018 3

Chapter 5 140 ACI 040 00: Analog Mixed Current IN Module . . . . . 71Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Chapter 6 140 ARI 030 10: Analog RTD IN Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84EMC Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86140 ARI 030 10 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Chapter 7 140 ATI 030 00: Analog TC IN Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Chapter 8 140 AVI 030 00: Analog Mixed Current/Voltage IN Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Part III Analog OUT Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Chapter 9 140 ACO 020 00: Analog Current OUT Module . . . . . . . . 123

Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

4 35010516 12/2018

Chapter 10 140 ACO 130 00: Analog Mixed Current OUT Module. . 133Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Chapter 11 140 AVO 020 00: Analog Mixed Voltage OUT Module. . 143Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Part IV Analog IN / OUT Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Chapter 12 140 AMM 090 00: Analog Mixed Current/Voltage IN /

OUT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Part V Discrete IN Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Chapter 13 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Discrete I/O Logic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Chapter 14 140 DDI 153 10: 5 VDC 4x8 Source IN Module . . . . . . . 175

Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Chapter 15 140 DDI 353 00: 24 VDC 4x8 Sink IN Module . . . . . . . . 183Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

35010516 12/2018 5

Chapter 16 140 DDI 353 10: 24 VDC 4x8 Source IN Module . . . . . . . 191Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Chapter 17 140 DDI 364 00: 24 VDC 6x16 Telefast IN Module . . . . . 199Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Color Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Chapter 18 140 DDI 673 00: 125 VDC 3x8 Sink IN Module . . . . . . . . 207Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Chapter 19 140 DDI 841 00: 10 ... 60 VDC 8x2 Sink IN Module. . . . . 217Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Chapter 20 140 DDI 853 00: 10 ... 60 VDC 4x8 Sink IN Module. . . . . 225Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Chapter 21 140 DAI 340 00: 24 VAC 16x1 IN Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

6 35010516 12/2018

Chapter 22 140 DAI 353 00: 24 VAC 4x8 IN Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Chapter 23 140 DAI 440 00: 48 VAC 16x1 IN Module . . . . . . . . . . . 249Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Chapter 24 140 DAI 453 00: 48 VAC 4x8 IN Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Chapter 25 140 DAI 540 00: 115 VAC 16x1 IN Module . . . . . . . . . . 265Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272



35010516 12/2018 7

Chapter 28 140 DAI 740 00: 230 VAC 16x1 IN Module . . . . . . . . . . . 289Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Chapter 29 140 DAI 753 00: 230 VAC 4x8 IN Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Chapter 30 140 DSI 353 00: 24 VDC 2x16 Supervised IN Module. . . 305Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Part VI Discrete OUT Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Chapter 31 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Discrete I/O Logic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Chapter 32 140 DDO 153 10: 5 VDC 4x8 Sink OUT Module . . . . . . . 319

Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326140 DDO 153 10 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Chapter 33 140 DDO 353 00: 24 VDC 4x8 Source OUT Module . . . . 329Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336140 DDO 353 00 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

8 35010516 12/2018

Chapter 34 140 DDO 353 01: 24 VDC 4x8 Source OUT Module . . . 339Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346140 DDO 353 01 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Chapter 35 140 DDO 353 10: 24 VDC 4x8 Sink OUT Module . . . . . 349Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356140 DDO 353 10 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Chapter 36 140 DDO 364 00: 24 VDC 6x16 Telefast OUT Module . 359Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362140 DDO 364 00 Cable Color Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364140 DDO 364 00 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Chapter 37 140 DDO 843 00: 10 ... 60 VDC 2x8 Source OUT Module 369Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376140 DDO 843 00 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

Chapter 38 140 DDO 885 00: 24 ... 125 VDC 2x6 Source OUT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387140 DDO 885 00 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

35010516 12/2018 9

Chapter 39 140 DAO 840 00: 24 ... 230 VAC 16x1 OUT Module . . . . 391Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397140 DAO 840 00 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

Chapter 40 140 DAO 840 10: 24 ... 115 VAC 16x1 OUT Module . . . . 401Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407140 DAO 840 10 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410

Chapter 41 140 DAO 842 10: 100 ... 230 VAC 4x4 OUT Module . . . . 411Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419140 DAO 842 10 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Chapter 42 140 DAO 842 20: 24 ... 48 VAC 4x4 OUT Module . . . . . . 423Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431140 DAO 842 20 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Chapter 43 140 DAO 853 00: 230 VAC 4x8 Source OUT Module . . . 433Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441140 DAO 853 00 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

10 35010516 12/2018

Chapter 44 140 DRA 840 00: Relay 16x1 Normally Open OUT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448140 DRA 840 00 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

Chapter 45 140 DRC 830 00: Relay 8x1 Normally Open / Normally Closed OUT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456140 DRC 830 00 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459

Chapter 46 140 DVO 853 00: 10 ... 30 VDC 32x1 Verified OUT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468Addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

Part VII Discrete IN / OUT Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473Chapter 47 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475

Discrete I/O Logic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475Chapter 48 140 DDM 390 00: 24 VDC 2x8 Sink IN / 2x4 Source OUT

Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479RIO Drop Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486140 DDM 390 00 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488

35010516 12/2018 11

Chapter 49 140 DDM 690 00: 125 VDC High Power IN/OUT Module 491Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497140 DDM 690 00 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500

Chapter 50 140 DAM 590 00: 115 VAC 2x8 IN / 2x4 OUT Module. . . 503Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505RIO Drop Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512140 DAM 590 00 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514

Part VIII Quantum Intrinsically Safe Analog/Digital Modules . 517Chapter 51 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519

Purpose and Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520Wiring Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521

Chapter 52 140 AII 330 00: Safe Analog IN Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541

Chapter 53 140 AII 330 10: Safe Analog IN Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556

12 35010516 12/2018

Chapter 54 140 AIO 330 00: Safe Analog OUT Module . . . . . . . . . . 557Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565Addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567

Chapter 55 140 DII 330 00: Safe Discrete IN Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 569Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578

Chapter 56 140 DIO 330 00: Safe Discrete OUT Module . . . . . . . . . 579Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587140 DIO 330 00 Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588

Part IX Quantum Safety I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589Chapter 57 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591

General Information on the Safety I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592Safety I/O Modules Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593

Chapter 58 140 SAI 940 00S: Analog IN Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602Addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608

Chapter 59 140 SDI 953 00S: Digital IN Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615Addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620

35010516 12/2018 13

Chapter 60 140 SDO 953 00S: Digital OUT Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630Parameter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639

14 35010516 12/2018

Safety Information

Important Information

NOTICERead these instructions carefully, and look at the equipment to become familiar with the device before trying to install, operate, service, or maintain it. The following special messages may appear throughout this documentation or on the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to information that clarifies or simplifies a procedure.

35010516 12/2018 15

PLEASE NOTEElectrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material.A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of electrical equipment and its installation, and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved.

BEFORE YOU BEGINDo not use this product on machinery lacking effective point-of-operation guarding. Lack of effective point-of-operation guarding on a machine can result in serious injury to the operator of that machine.

This automation equipment and related software is used to control a variety of industrial processes. The type or model of automation equipment suitable for each application will vary depending on factors such as the control function required, degree of protection required, production methods, unusual conditions, government regulations, etc. In some applications, more than one processor may be required, as when backup redundancy is needed.Only you, the user, machine builder or system integrator can be aware of all the conditions and factors present during setup, operation, and maintenance of the machine and, therefore, can determine the automation equipment and the related safeties and interlocks which can be properly used. When selecting automation and control equipment and related software for a particular application, you should refer to the applicable local and national standards and regulations. The National Safety Council's Accident Prevention Manual (nationally recognized in the United States of America) also provides much useful information.In some applications, such as packaging machinery, additional operator protection such as point-of-operation guarding must be provided. This is necessary if the operator's hands and other parts of the body are free to enter the pinch points or other hazardous areas and serious injury can occur. Software products alone cannot protect an operator from injury. For this reason the software cannot be substituted for or take the place of point-of-operation protection.Ensure that appropriate safeties and mechanical/electrical interlocks related to point-of-operation protection have been installed and are operational before placing the equipment into service. All interlocks and safeties related to point-of-operation protection must be coordinated with the related automation equipment and software programming.

WARNINGUNGUARDED EQUIPMENT Do not use this software and related automation equipment on equipment which does not have

point-of-operation protection. Do not reach into machinery during operation.Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

16 35010516 12/2018

NOTE: Coordination of safeties and mechanical/electrical interlocks for point-of-operation protection is outside the scope of the Function Block Library, System User Guide, or other implementation referenced in this documentation.

START-UP AND TESTBefore using electrical control and automation equipment for regular operation after installation, the system should be given a start-up test by qualified personnel to verify correct operation of the equipment. It is important that arrangements for such a check be made and that enough time is allowed to perform complete and satisfactory testing.

Follow all start-up tests recommended in the equipment documentation. Store all equipment documentation for future references.Software testing must be done in both simulated and real environments.Verify that the completed system is free from all short circuits and temporary grounds that are not installed according to local regulations (according to the National Electrical Code in the U.S.A, for instance). If high-potential voltage testing is necessary, follow recommendations in equipment documentation to prevent accidental equipment damage.Before energizing equipment: Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment. Close the equipment enclosure door. Remove all temporary grounds from incoming power lines. Perform all start-up tests recommended by the manufacturer.

WARNINGEQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD Verify that all installation and set up procedures have been completed. Before operational tests are performed, remove all blocks or other temporary holding means

used for shipment from all component devices. Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment.Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

35010516 12/2018 17

OPERATION AND ADJUSTMENTSThe following precautions are from the NEMA Standards Publication ICS 7.1-1995 (English version prevails): Regardless of the care exercised in the design and manufacture of equipment or in the selection

and ratings of components, there are hazards that can be encountered if such equipment is improperly operated.

It is sometimes possible to misadjust the equipment and thus produce unsatisfactory or unsafe operation. Always use the manufacturer’s instructions as a guide for functional adjustments. Personnel who have access to these adjustments should be familiar with the equipment manufacturer’s instructions and the machinery used with the electrical equipment.

Only those operational adjustments actually required by the operator should be accessible to the operator. Access to other controls should be restricted to prevent unauthorized changes in operating characteristics.

18 35010516 12/2018

About the Book

At a Glance

Document ScopeThis documentation is a reference for the discrete and analog I/O hardware of the Quantum automation system with EcoStruxure™ Control Expert.

Validity NoteThis document is valid for EcoStruxure™ Control Expert 14.0 or later.

Related Documents

Product Related Information

Title of documentation Reference numberEcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Program Languages and Structure, Reference Manual

35006144 (English), 35006145 (French), 35006146 (German), 35013361 (Italian), 35006147 (Spanish), 35013362 (Chinese)

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Hardware Reference Manual

35010529 (English), 35010530 (French), 35010531 (German), 35013975 (Italian), 35010532 (Spanish), 35012184 (Chinese)

WARNINGUNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION The application of this product requires expertise in the design and programming of control systems. Only persons with such expertise should be allowed to program, install, alter, and apply this product.Follow all local and national safety codes and standards.Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

35010516 12/2018 19

20 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control ExpertGeneral Information35010516 12/2018

General Information

Part IGeneral Information

IntroductionThis part provides general information on the discrete and analog I/O modules.

What Is in This Part?This part contains the following chapters:

Chapter Chapter Name Page1 Module Configuration 232 Quantum Addressing Modes 273 General Rules for Attaching Discrete and Analog Input/Output Modules

Terminal Blocks57

35010516 12/2018 21

General Information

22 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control ExpertModule Configuration35010516 12/2018

Module Configuration

Chapter 1Module Configuration

PurposeThis chapter provides information on software configuration of the module.

What Is in This Chapter?This chapter contains the following topics:

Topic PageMapping a Local Quantum I/O Station 24Open the Parameter Configuration 25

35010516 12/2018 23


Mapping a Local Quantum I/O Station

OverviewUse the following dialog to map an existing local Quantum I/O station with a new module.

Inserting a module (local)This table shows the steps required for inserting a module in a local station.

Step Action1 Call the Bus Editor2 Mark a free slot in the local station (left mouse button)3 Move the mouse pointer over the marked slot4 Click on the right mouse button

Result: A shortcut menu is opened

5 Select New DeviceResult: A dialog window opens that displays available modules

6 Select the desired module from the respective category in the Hardware catalog.Result: The new module is inserted in the empty slot on the local station.

24 35010516 12/2018


Open the Parameter Configuration

OverviewThe following dialog box enables you to call the parameter configuration for a module.An explanation of the individual parameters can be found in the respective module chapters.

Open the Parameter ConfigurationThis table shows the steps required to open the parameter configuration.

Step Action1 Call the Bus Editor2 Select the module3 Click on the right mouse button

Result: A shortcut menu is opened

4 Select Open ModuleResult: The module opens with the parameter configuration window

35010516 12/2018 25


26 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control ExpertAddressing Modes35010516 12/2018

Quantum Addressing Modes

Chapter 2Quantum Addressing Modes

PurposeThis chapter provides information on the three different modes Control Expert allows to address the I/O data from a Quantum I/O module: Flat Addressing Topological Addressing IODDT AddressingNOTE: Topological addresses overlapping (%IWr.m.c) is not supported by Quantum application, use flat addressing (%IWx) when memory overlapping control is needed.NOTE: The different addressing modes refer to the same physical location in the PLC memory for a given data point.While Flat Addressing and Topological Addressing are available for all Quantum I/O modules, IODDTs are only provided for modules that deliver information in addition to the I/O values (e.g. errors or warnings).Also provided is information about I/O module status bytes and bit order.


Topic PageFlat Addressing—800 Series I/O Modules 28Topological Addressing—800 Series I/O Modules with Control Expert 29IODDT Addressing 30Quantum IODDTs 31Addressing Example 33Discrete I/O Bit Numbering 34I/O Module Status Byte 35I/O Configuration for Discrete Input Modules 39I/O Configuration for Discrete Output Modules 45I/O Configuration for Discrete Input/Output Modules 52

35010516 12/2018 27

Addressing Modes

Flat Addressing—800 Series I/O Modules

Introduction800 series I/O modules follow a system of flat address mapping in Control Expert. To work properly. each module requires a determinate number of bits and/or words. The IEC addressing system is equivalent to the 984LL register addressing. Use the following assignments: 0x is now %Mx 1x is now %Ix 3x is now %IWx 4x is now %MWx

The following table shows the relationship between 984LL notation and IEC notation.

To access the I/O data of a module,

ExamplesThe following examples show the relationship between 984LL register addressing and IEC addressing:000001 is now %M1

100101 is now %I101

301024 is now %IW1024

400010 is now %MW10

Outputs and Inputs

984LL NotationRegister Addresses

IEC NotationSystem Bits and Words Memory Addresses I/O Addresses

output 0x System Bit %Mx %Qxinput 1x System Bit %Ix %Ixinput 3x System Word %IWx %IWxoutput 4x System Word %MWx %QWx

Step Action1 Enter the address range in the configuration screen.

28 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes

Topological Addressing—800 Series I/O Modules with Control Expert

Accessing I/O Data ValuesUse topological addressing to access I/O data items. Identify the topological location of the module within an 800 series I/O module with Control Expert using the following notation:%<Exchangetype><Objecttype>[\b.e\]r.m.c[.rank]

where: b = bus e = equipment (drop) r = rack m = module slot c = channelNOTE: When addressing,1. The [\b.e\] defaults to \1.1\ in a local rack and does not need to be specified.2. The rank is an index used to identify different properties of an object with the same data type

(value, warning level, error level).3. The rank numbering is zero-based, and if the rank is zero, omit the entry.For detailed information on I/O variables, please refer to the EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Program Languages and Structure, Reference Manual.

Reading Values: An Example

To read Actioninput value (rank = 0) from channel 7 of an analog module located in slot 6 of a local rack:

Enter%IW1.6.7[.0]

input value (rank = 0) from channel 7 of an analog module located in slot 6 of drop 3 of RIO bus 2:

Enter%IW\2.3\1.6.7[.0]

’out of range’ value (rank = 1) from channel 7 of an analog module located in slot 6 of a local rack:

Enter%I1.6.7.1[.0]

35010516 12/2018 29

Addressing Modes

IODDT Addressing

IODDT AddressingAn IODDT allows all information (bits and registers) related to a channel to be handled through a user-defined variable. This variable is defined in the Control Expert data editor by selecting the appropriate IODDT for the module as a data type and specifying the topological address of the module using the following syntax:%CH[\b.e\]r.m.c

where: b = bus e = equipment (drop) r = rack m = module slot c = channelHere is an example of an IODDT for a thermocouple input module in slot 4 of a local rack:

Variables in the User ProgramYou can access all information related to channel 1 of the module using the following variables: My_Temp_Point1.VALUE for the measured value My_Temp_Point1.ERROR indicating an out-of-range condition My_Temp_Point1.WARNING indicating an over-range condition

30 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes

Quantum IODDTs

IntroductionControl Expert provides a couple of IODDTs which are either generic and can be used for several I/O modules or belong to one specific module. NOTE: Deviating from the general description of the data types in the Direct Addressing Data Instances chapter in the EcoStruxure™ Control Expert Reference Manual, in Quantum IODDTs for analog modules and expert modules the data type Bool is used for %I and %Q.

T_ANA_IN_VET_ANA_IN_VE is used with all channels of the following I/O modules: ACI 030 00 AII 330 10 ACI 040 00 ACI 040 00IODDT for analog input modules supporting Value and Error

T_ANA_IN_VWET_ANA_IN_VWE is used with all channels of the following I/O modules: ARI 030 10, AVI 030 00 ATI 030 00 AII 330 00

and Channels 3 and 4 of AMM 090 00IODDT for analog input modules supporting Value, Warning and Error

Object Symbol Rank Description%IW VALUE 0 Input value%I ERROR 1 Input error

Object Symbol Rank Description%IW VALUE 0 Input value%I ERROR 1 Input error%I WARNING 2 Input warning

35010516 12/2018 31

Addressing Modes

T_ANA_BI_VWET_ANA_BI_VWE is used with the following I/O modules: Channels 1 and 2 of AMM 090 00IODDT for bidirectional analog modules supporting Value, Warning and Error

T_CNT_105T_CNT_105 is used with all channels of the following I/O modules: EHC 105Specific IODDT for high speed counter module EHC 105

Object Symbol Rank Description%IW VALUE_IN 0 Input value%QW VALUE_OUT 0 Output value%I ERROR_IN 1 Input error%I WARNING 2 Input warning%I ERROR_OUT 3 Output error

Object Symbol Rank Description%IW VALUE_L 1 Input value: Low word%IW VALUE_H 2 Input value: High word%I ERROR 1 Error in Counter%I SP_FINAL 2 Final Set Point signal%I SP_FIRST 3 First Set Point signal%I SP_SECOND 4 Second Set Point signal%QW STOP_VALUE 1 For CNT_DIR="0", final set point value%QW INITIAL_VALUE 2 For CNT_R="1", initial set point value%Q LS 1 "1", Counter load/start (controlled by the rising edge)%Q RSTART 2 "1", Counter restart (controlled by the rising edge)%Q OUT_OFF 3 "1", Counter output switch-off%Q CNT_DIR 4 "0" Counter counts up

"1" Counter counts down%Q OM1 5 Operating Mode bit 1%Q OM2 6 Operating Mode bit 2%Q OM3 7 Operating Mode bit 3%Q OM4 8 Operating Mode bit 4

32 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes

Addressing Example

Comparing the 3 Addressing ModesThe following example compares the 3 possible addressing modes. An 8-channel thermocouple 140 ATI 030 00 module with the following configuration data is used: mounted in slot 5 of the CPU rack (local rack) starting input address is 201 (input word %IW201) end input address is 210 (input word %IW210)

To access the I/O data from the module you can use the following syntax:

NOTE: For the IODDT the data type T_ANA_IN_VWE is used and the variable My_Temp with the address %CH1.5.10 was defined.

For comparison, the register addressing as used with Concept is added in the last column. As Concept does not support direct addressing of a bit in a word, the bit extraction has to be performed in the user program.

Module data Flat Addressing

Topological Addressing

IODDT Addressing Concept Addressing

Channel 3temperature

%IW203 %IW1.5.3 My_Temp.VALUE 300203

Channel 3out of range

%IW209.5 %I1.5.3.1 My_Temp.ERROR 300209Bit 5 to be extracted by user logic

Channel 3range warning

%IW209.13 %I1.5.3.2 My_Temp.WARNING 300209Bit 13 to be extracted by user logic

Module internal temperature

%IW210 %IW1.5.10 not accessible through IODDT

300210

35010516 12/2018 33

Addressing Modes

Discrete I/O Bit Numbering

IntroductionThe numbering of channels of an I/O module usually starts with 1 and counts up to the maximum number of supported channels. The software however starts numbering with a 0 for the least significant bit in a word (LSB). The Quantum I/O modules have their lowest channel mapped to the most significant bit (MSB).The following figure shows the mapping of I/O channels related to the bits in a word:.

Word Addressing Versus Bit Addressing Mainly discrete I/O modules can be configured to deliver their I/O data either in word format or in bit format. This can be selected during configuration by selecting either %IW (%MW) or %I (%M). If you need to access a single bit from an I/O module configured to use an I/O word, you can use the syntax %word.bit. The following table gives you the connection between I/O point number and the associated I/O address in bit and word addressing. The table shows a 32-point input module in the main rack, slot 4 configured with starting address %I1 or %IW1:

I/O channel

Bit address(flat addressing)

Bit address(topological addressing)

Bit addressextracted from word(flat addressing)

Bit addressextracted from word(topological addressing)

1 %I1 %I1.4.1[.0] %IW1.15 %IW1.4.1.1.152 %I2 %I1.4.2[.0] %IW1.14 %IW1.4.1.1.143 %I3 %I1.4.3[.0] %IW1.13 %IW1.4.1.1.13

• • •15 %I15 %I1.4.15[.0] %IW1.1 %IW1.4.1.1.116 %I16 %I1.4.16[.0] %IW1.0 %IW1.4.1.1.017 %I17 %I1.4.17[.0] %IW2.15 %IW1.4.1.2.1518 %I18 %I1.4.18[.0] %IW2.14 %IW1.4.1.2.14

• • •31 %I31 %I1.4.31[.0] %IW2.1 %IW1.4.1.2.132 %I32 %I1.4.32[.0] %IW2.0 %IW1.4.1.2.0

34 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes

I/O Module Status Byte

Addressing Module Status DataIn addition to possible channel related diagnostics data, a module related status byte may be used. The status information of all modules in a drop is administered by a table of %IW words. The starting address of this table can be entered in the configuration screen for the drop. This information is not accessible through topological addressing. NOTE: The status information is only available if the module supports a status byte. For the meaning of the status byte, check the module descriptions. Example of a drop configuration screen with the starting address of the status table set to 100:

35010516 12/2018 35

Addressing Modes

The following illustration shows how one word of the table conveys the status information for two modules:

36 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes

ExampleThe following example shows a rack and the corresponding I/O status bytes displayed in an animation table. The drop is configured to start at word %IW100 and allocates 16 words. This represents the local and expansion rack, and assumes they are 16 slot racks.If a module does not have have a status byte associated with the module or the slot is empty, then the byte = 0.Rack configuration and animation table:

Relation between slot, input word and status byte. The byte related to the module is marked:

Slot Input Word Value Module Module1 %IW[0] 0 power supply no status byte2 0 CPU no status byte3 %IW[1] 2#1000_0000_0000_0000 CPU no status byte4 2#1000_0000_0000_0000 AVI At least one

channel is not operating correctly.

35010516 12/2018 37

Addressing Modes

1 If you install a 140 CRP 312 00 remote I/O head module on the local rack instead of a 140 CRP 93• 00 module, the status byte is the ETH_STATUS detailed in the Device DDT Names topic in the Quantum EIO Remote I/O Modules Installation and Configuration Guide.

5 %IW[2] 2#0000_0000_0000_1111 ATI Channels 1 ... 4 are not operating correctly.

6 2#0000_0000_0000_1111 140 CRP 93• 00 no status byteNOTE: If you install a 140 CRP 312 00 remote I/O head module on the local rack instead of a 140 CRP 93• 00 module, then:

2#1101_1110_0000_0000 140 CRP 312 00 CRP status byte1

7 %IW[3] 0 empty 8 0 empty 9 %IW[4] 2#0000_0000_0011_1111 DDO All channels are

not operating correctly.

10 2#0000_0000_0011_1111 XBE no status byte• • •

Slot Input Word Value Module Module

38 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes

I/O Configuration for Discrete Input Modules

OverviewThis section provides information on configuration of 8-, 16-, 24-, 32-, and 96-point input modules.

8-Point Input ModulesThe 8-point input modules are: 140 DII 330 00 (DC Input Intrinsically Safe)

Flat AddressingThe input modules listed above can be configured as either 8 contiguous %I references or as one %IW word. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.

Topological AddressingThe following tables show the topological addresses for the 8-Point Input Modules.Topological addresses in Bit Mapping format:

Topological addresses in Word Mapping format:

Used abbreviations: b = bus, e = equipment (drop), r = rack, m = module slot.

I/O Map Status ByteThere is no I/O map status byte associated with these modules.

Point I/O Object CommentInput 1 %I[\b.e\]r.m.1 ValueInput 2 %I[\b.e\]r.m.2 Value

• • •Input 7 %I[\b.e\]r.m.7 ValueInput 8 %I[\b.e\]r.m.8 Value

Point I/O Object CommentInputword 1 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 Value

35010516 12/2018 39

Addressing Modes

16-Point Input ModulesThe 16-point input modules are: 140 DAI 340 00 (AC Input 24 Vac 16x1) 140 DAI 440 00 (AC Input 48 Vac 16x1) 140 DAI 540 00 (AC Input 115 Vac 16x1) 140 DAI 543 00 (AC Input 115 Vac 8x2) 140 DAI 740 00 (AC Input 230 Vac 16x1) 140 DDI 841 00 (DC Input 10 ... 60 Vdc 8x2 Sink) 140 HLI 340 00 (DC Input 24 Vdc 16 Sink/Source)

Flat AddressingThe input modules listed above can be configured as either 16 contiguous %I references or as one %IW word. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.








40 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes

24-Point Input ModuleThere is only one 24-point input module: 140 DDI 673 00 (DC Input 125 VDC 3x8 Sink)

Flat AddressingThe input module listed above can be configured as either 24 contiguous discrete input %I reference, or as 2 contiguous %IW input words in the following format. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.




I/O Map Status ByteThere is no input I/O map status byte associated with this module.



Point I/O Object CommentInputword 1 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 ValueInputword 2 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.2 Value

35010516 12/2018 41

Addressing Modes

32-Point Input ModulesThe 32-point input modules are as follows: 140 DAI 353 00 (AC Input 24 Vac 4x8) 140 DAI 453 00 (AC Input 48 Vac 4x8) 140 DAI 553 00 (AC Input 115 Vac 4x8) 140 DAI 753 00 (AC Input 230 Vac 4x8) 140 DDI 153 10 (DC Input 5 V 4x8 Source) 140 DDI 353 00 (DC Input 24 Vdc 4x8 Sink) 140 DDI 353 10 (DC Input 24 Vdc 4x8 Source) 140 DDI 853 00 (DC Input 10 ... 60 Vdc 4x8 Sink)For addressing information of the 140 DSI 353 00, please refer to Addressing, page 312.

Flat AddressingThe input modules listed above can be configured as either 32 contiguous discrete input %I references or as two contiguous %IW input words in the following format. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.




42 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes




96-Point Input modulesThe following is the only 96 point input module: 140DDI36400 - DC input 6 x 16 sink

Flat AddressingThe following information pertains to the 140DDI36400 Input module. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.

Point I/O Object CommentInputword 1 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 ValueInputword 2 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.2 Value

35010516 12/2018 43

Addressing Modes




I/O Map Status ByteThere is no I/O map status byte associated with this module.



Point I/O Object CommentInputword 1 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 ValueInputword 2 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.2 ValueInputword 3 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.3 ValueInputword 4 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.4 ValueInputword 5 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.5 ValueInputword 6 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.6 Value

44 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes

I/O Configuration for Discrete Output Modules

OverviewThis section provides information on configuration of 8-, 12-, 16-, 32- and 96-point output modules.

8-Point Output ModulesThe following shows the 8-point output module: 140 DRC 830 00 (Relay Ouput 8x1 Normally Open/Normally Closed) 140 DIO 330 00 (Safe Discrete OUT Module)

Flat AddressingThe ouput modules listed above can be configured as either eight contiguous discrete %M output references or as one %MW output word. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.

Topological AddressingThe following tables show the topological addresses for the 8-Point Output Modules.Topological addresses in Bit Mapping format:



I/O Map Status ByteThere is no I/O Map status byte associated with these modules.

Point I/O Object CommentOutput 1 %Q[\b.e\]r.m.1 ValueOutput 2 %Q[\b.e\]r.m.2 Value

• • •Output 7 %Q[\b.e\]r.m.7 ValueOutput 8 %Q[\b.e\]r.m.8 Value

Point I/O Object CommentOutputword 1 %QW[\b.e\]R.S.1.1 Value

35010516 12/2018 45

Addressing Modes

12-Point Output ModuleThe 12-point output module is: 140 DDO 885 00

Flat Addressing (Error Inputs)The Error Inputs of the 140 DDO 885 00 can be configured as either 16 contiguous %I references or as one %IW word. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.

Topological AddressingThe following tables show the topological addresses for the 12-Point Error Inputs.Topological addresses in Bit Mapping format:



Flat Addressing (Outputs)The 140DDO88500 can be configured as one %MW output word in the following format. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.




46 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes




I/O Map Status Byte (Outputs)The least significant bit in the output I/O map status byte is used as follows. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.

16-Point Output ModulesThe 16-point output modules are as follows: 140DAO84000 (AC Output 24 ... 230 Vac 16x1) 140DAO84010 (AC Output 24 ... 115 Vac 16x1) 140DAO84210 (AC Output 100 ... 230 Vac 4x4) 140DAO84220 (AC Output 48 Vac 4x4) 140DDO84300 (DC Output 10 ... 60 VDC 2x8 Source) 140DRA84000 (Relay Output 16x1 Normally Open)



Point I/O Object CommentOutputword 1 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 Value

35010516 12/2018 47

Addressing Modes

Flat AddressingThe output modules listed above can be configured as either 16 contiguous discrete %M output references, or as one %MW output word in the following formats. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.




I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the 140DAO84210 and 140DAO84220 output modules. The following figure shows I/O map status bytes use.

There is no I/O map status byte associated with the 140DAO84000, 140DAO84010, 140DDO84300, or 140DRA84000 module.



Point I/O Object CommentOutputword 1 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 Value

48 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes

32-Point Output ModulesThe following list shows the 32-point output modules: 140DAO85300 (AC Output 230 Vac 4x8 Sink) 140DDO15310 (DC Output 5 V 4x8 Sink) 140DDO35300 (DC Output 24 Vdc 4x8 Source) 140DDO35301 (DC Output 24 Vdc 4x8 Source) 140DDO35310 (DC Output 24 Vdc True Low 4x8 Sink)For addressing information of the 140DVO85300, please refer to Addressing, page 469.

Flat AddressingThe output modules listed above can be configured as either 32 contiguous %M references, or as two %MW words in the following format. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.






Point I/O Object CommentOutputword 1 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 ValueOutputword 2 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.2 Value

35010516 12/2018 49

Addressing Modes

I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the modules as follows:

96-Point Output ModuleThe 96 point output module is: 140DDO36400 - DC out 24VDC 6x16 Source

Flat AddressingThe following figures show the words 1 through 6 format for the 140DDO36400 output module. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.

50 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes




I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the module as follows:



Point I/O Object CommentOutputword 1 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 ValueOutputword 2 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.2 ValueOutputword 3 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.3 ValueOutputword 4 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.4 ValueOutputword 5 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.5 ValueOutputword 6 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.6 Value

35010516 12/2018 51

Addressing Modes

I/O Configuration for Discrete Input/Output Modules

OverviewThis section provides information on configuration of 4 In/4 Out and 16 In/8 Out modules.

4-Point Input/4-Point Output ModuleThe following shows the 4 In/4 Out module: 140DDM69000 (125 Vdc Input/High Power Output)

Flat AddressingThe 140DDM69000 input/output module can be configured as either eight contiguous %I references; or as one %IW word and either eight contiguous %M references or one %MW word.

I/O Map Register (Inputs)The following figure shows the %IW input word.

CAUTIONUNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION - INCORRECT I/O MAPPINGWhen I/O mapping module inputs using discrete %I references in remote drops, do not split discrete words between drops. The lowest discrete reference for a drop should start on a word boundary.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

52 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes

I/O Map Assignment (Outputs)The following figure shows the %MW output word.

In Fast Trip Mode, each output can be turned ON by the Command Bit (e.g., Output 1) or by the corresponding Input Bit plus the Fast Trip Enable Bit (e.g., last order Input 1 controls Output 1 directly).

Topological AddressingThe following tables show the topological addressing for the 140 DDM 690 00 Input/Output Module.Topological addresses in Bit Mapping format:




• • •Input 7 %I[\b.e\]r.m.7 ValueInput 8 %I[\b.e\]r.m.8 ValueOutput 1 %Q[\b.e\]r.m.1 ValueOutput 2 %Q[\b.e\]r.m.2 Value


Point I/O Object CommentInputword 1 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 ValueOutputword 1 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 Value

35010516 12/2018 53

Addressing Modes

I/O Map Status Byte (Outputs)The four least significant bits in the I/O map status are used as follows:

16-Point Input/8-Point Output ModulesThe following information pertains to the 140 DAM 590 00 (AC Input 115 Vac 2x8 / AC Output 115 Vac 2x4) and the 140 DDM 390 00 (DC Input 24 Vdc 2x8 / DC Output 24 Vdc 2x4) modules. 140 DAM 590 00 (AC Input 115 Vac 2x8 / AC Output 115 Vac 2x4) 140 DDM 390 00 (DC Input 24 Vdc 2X8 / DC Output 24 Vdc 2x4)

Flat AddressingThe modules listed above can be configured as either 16 contiguous %I references or as one %IW word and as one %MW word.

I/O Map Register (Inputs)The following figure shows the %IW input word. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.

I/O Map Assignment (Outputs)The modules listed above can be configured as 8 %M references or as 1 %MW output word in the following format. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.

54 35010516 12/2018

Addressing Modes

Topological AddressingThe following tables show the topological addresses for the 16/8-Point Input/Output Modules.Topological addresses in Bit Mapping format:



I/O Map Status Byte (Outputs)The two least significant bits in the output I/O map status byte are used as follows.




Point I/O Object CommentInputword 1 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 ValueOutputword 1 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 Value

35010516 12/2018 55

Addressing Modes

56 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control ExpertDiscrete and Analog Modules Terminal Blocks: General Rules for Installation35010516 12/2018

General Rules for Attaching Discrete and Analog Input/Output Modules Terminal Blocks

Chapter 3General Rules for Attaching Discrete and Analog Input/Output Modules Terminal Blocks

Attaching a Discrete and Analog Modules Terminal Blocks

At a glanceAttaching a terminal block to a discrete/analog module is decribed below.

Discrete Modules

Analog Modules

DANGERHAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASHBefore mounting/removing a discrete module, remove the power to the module (sensors and pre-actuators), and disconnect the terminal block. Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device at all line and load fuse clips to confirm

power is off.Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

DANGERHAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASHBefore mounting/removing an analog module, make sure that the terminal block is still connected to the ground, and remove the power to the module (sensors and pre-actuators). Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device at all line and load fuse clips to confirm


35010516 12/2018 57

Discrete and Analog Modules Terminal Blocks: General Rules for Installation

Wiring Rules

58 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control ExpertAnalog IN Modules35010516 12/2018

Analog IN Modules

Part IIAnalog IN Modules

IntroductionThe following part provides information on the Quantum Analog IN modules.


Chapter Chapter Name Page4 140 ACI 030 00: Analog Current / Voltage IN Module 615 140 ACI 040 00: Analog Mixed Current IN Module 716 140 ARI 030 10: Analog RTD IN Module 817 140 ATI 030 00: Analog TC IN Module 958 140 AVI 030 00: Analog Mixed Current/Voltage IN Module 109

35010516 12/2018 59

Analog IN Modules

60 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 ACI 030 0035010516 12/2018

140 ACI 030 00: Analog Current / Voltage IN Module

Chapter 4140 ACI 030 00: Analog Current / Voltage IN Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information of the Quantum 140 ACI 030 00 Module.


Topic PagePresentation 62Indicators 63Wiring Diagram 64Specifications 66Addressing 68Parameter Configuration 70

35010516 12/2018 61

140 ACI 030 00

Presentation

FunctionThe Analog Input 8 Channel Unipolar module accepts mixed current and voltage inputs. Required jumpers between the input and sense terminals for current input measuring are included with the module. NOTE: This module is HART compatible

IllustrationThe following figure shows the140 ACI 030 00 module and its components.

1 Model Number, Module Description, Color Code2 LED Display3 Fuse Cutouts4 Field Wiring Terminal Strip5 Removable Door6 Customer Identification Label (Fold label and place it inside door)

NOTE: The field wiring terminal strip (Modicon #140 XTS 002 00) must be ordered separately. (The terminal strip includes the removable door and label.)

62 35010516 12/2018

140 ACI 030 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 ACI 030 00 module.

DescriptionThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 ACI 030 00 module.

Diagnostic 1. Unused inputs may cause the activation of the F LED. To avoid this occurrence, please wire

unused channels in voltage mode to a channel that is in use. 2. This module produces an error signal F if any channel detects a broken wire condition in the 4-

20 mA range or a under voltage condition in the 1-5 V range.

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red An error (external to the module) has been detected.

35010516 12/2018 63

140 ACI 030 00

Wiring Diagram

Illustration

The following figure shows the wiring diagram for the 140 ACI 030 00 module.

CAUTIONUNWIRED INPUTS CAUSE INVALID READINGSWhen configured for voltage inputs (no jumper installed between INPUT(+) and ISENSE terminals), if a broken field wire occurs, readings will be non-zero and not predictable. The field wiring terminal strip must not be removed when the module is operating.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

64 35010516 12/2018

140 ACI 030 00

External Wiring Recommendation1. The user supplies the current and voltage sources (installation and calibration of fuses are at

the discretion of the user).2. Use shielded signal cable. In noisy environnements, twisted shielded cable is recommanded. 3. Shielded cables should be connected to PLC’s ground.4. A Shield Bar (STB XSP 3000 and STB XSP 3010/3020) should be used to connect the shielded

cable to ground (see Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Hardware, Reference Manual).

5. The maximum channel to channel working voltage cannot exceed 30 Vdc.6. N / C = Not connected.NOTE: if polarity is reversed the analog values becomes zero nothing happens to channel. The module is polarity sensitive and will read in one direction and not in the other direction but stay on zero.NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG (1.5 mm²) or 2-16 AWG (2 mm²); the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.

NOTICEDESTRUCTION OF ADAPTER Before tightening the locknut to the torque 0.50...0.80 Nm, be sure to properly position the

right-angle F adapter connector. During tightening, be sure to maintain the connector securely. Do not tighten the right-angle F adapter beyond the specified torque.Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage.

35010516 12/2018 65

140 ACI 030 00

Specifications

General SpecificationsGeneral Specifications

Voltage / InputVoltage / Input

Current / InputCurrent / Input

Module Type 8 Channel IN DifferentialExternal Power Not requiredBus Current required (Module) 240 mAPower Dissipation 2 WI/O map 9 input wordsError Detection Broken wire (4 ... 20 mA mode) or under voltage

range (1 ... 5 V)

Operating Voltage (Channel to Channel)

30 VDC (max.)

Absolute Voltage (max.) 50 VDCLinear Mesuring Range 1 ... 5 VDCInput Impedance > 20 Mohms

Absolute Current (max.) 25 mALinear Measuring Range 4 ... 20 mAInput Impedance 250 Ohms

Internal conversion resistorMaximum Overload Authorized for Inputs

Protected for accidental: -19.2 - 30 VDC wiring

66 35010516 12/2018

140 ACI 030 00

Resolution / ConversionResolution / Conversion

IsolationIsolation

NOTE: Calibration is not required for this module.

Resolution 12 bitAbsolute Accuracy Error @ 25 degrees C (voltage mode)

Typical: +/- 0.05% of full scaleMaximum: +/- 0.1% of full scale

Linearity +/- 0.04%Accuracy drift with temperature Typical: +/- 0.0025% of full scale / degrees C

Maximum: +/- 0.005% of full scale / degrees CCommon Mode Rejection < -72 dB @ 60 HzInput Filter Single pole low pass, -3 dB cutoff @ 15 Hz, +/- 20%Update Time 5 ms for all channels

Channel to Bus 1000 VDC 3000 Vpp for 1 minute

35010516 12/2018 67

140 ACI 030 00

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires nine contiguous, 16-bit words-eight for input data and one for channel status. The data words formats are as follows.

The following shows the word 9 register.

NOTE: Count stops at 4095.NOTE: The undervoltage for this module is 0.5 - 0.7 V.NOTE: The broken wire detect is set at 2.0 mA.

Topological AddressingTopological addresses for the 140 ACI 030 00 Input Module:


Point I/O Object CommentInput 1 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1 Value

%I[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 Broken wire or under voltage• • •

Input 8 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.8 Value%I[\b.e\]r.m.8.1 Broken wire or under voltage

Status Word %IW[\b.e\]r.m.9 Status of input channels

68 35010516 12/2018

140 ACI 030 00

IODDTThe 140 ACI 030 00 Input Module uses the T_ANA_IN_VE IODDT:

Used abbreviations: r = rack, m = module slot, c = channel, b = bus, e = equipment (drop).Bus and Drop default to 1 if not specified and can be left off.NOTE: In Quantum IODDTs for analog modules and expert modules the data type Bool is used for %I and %Q.

I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the 140 ACI 030 00 Input Module as follows.

IODDT Name Object Data Type NameT_ANA_IN_VE %CH[\b.e\]r.m.c ANA_IN_VWE userdefined

%IWr.m.c.0 Int .VALUE%Ir.m.c.1 Bool .ERROR

35010516 12/2018 69

140 ACI 030 00

Parameter Configuration

Parameter and Default valuesParameter Configuration Window

Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping WORD (%IW-3X) -Inputs Starting Address

1 -

Inputs Ending Address

9 - includes a Statusword

Task(Grayed if module in other than local)

MAST FASTAUX0AUX1AUX2AUX3

fixed to MAST if module in other than local

70 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 ACI 040 0035010516 12/2018

140 ACI 040 00: Analog Mixed Current IN Module

Chapter 5140 ACI 040 00: Analog Mixed Current IN Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 ACI 040 00 Module.



35010516 12/2018 71

140 ACI 040 00

Presentation

FunctionThe 140 ACI 040 00 is a 16 channel analog input module which accepts mixed current inputs.NOTE: This module is HART compatible

IllustrationThe following figure shows the140 ACI 040 00 module and its components.



72 35010516 12/2018

140 ACI 040 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 ACI 040 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 ACI 040 00 module.

Diagnostics1. Unused inputs may cause the activation of the F LED. To avoid this occurence, the unused

channels should be configured in the 0...25 ma range.2. This module produces an error signal F if any channel detects a broken wire condition in the

4...20 mA range.

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red An error (external to the module) has been detected.

35010516 12/2018 73

140 ACI 040 00

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationWiring diagram for the 140 ACI 040 00 Module.

74 35010516 12/2018

140 ACI 040 00

External Wiring Recommendations1. The user supplies the current and voltage sources (installation and calibration of fuses are at

the discretion of the user).2. Use shielded signal cable. In noisy environnements, twisted shielded cable is recommanded. 3. Shielded cables should be connected to the PLC’s ground.4. A Shield Bar (STB XSP 3000 and STB XSP 3010/3020) should be used to connect the shielded


5. The maximum channel to channel working voltage cannot exceed 30 Vdc.6. N / C = Not connected.NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



35010516 12/2018 75

140 ACI 040 00

Specifications



Module Type 16 Channel IN (Differential or externally tied single ended)

External Power Not requiredOperating Voltage (Channel to Channel)

30 VDC (max.)

Bus Current required (Module) 360 mAPower Dissipation 5 WI/O map 17 input wordsError Detection Broken wire (4 ... 20 mA mode)Isolation (Field to Bus) 1780 VAC for 1 minute

Absolute Current (max.) 30 mALinear Measuring Range 0 ... 25 mA, 0 ... 25,000 counts

0 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 20,000 counts4 ... 20 mA, 0 ...16,000 counts4 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 4,095 counts

Input Impedance 250 ohms nominal

76 35010516 12/2018

140 ACI 040 00


FusesFuses

Resolution 0 ... 25,000 counts0 ... 20,000 counts0 ...16,000 counts0 ... 4,095 counts

Absolute Accuracy Error @ 25 degrees C +/- 0.125% of full scaleLinearity (0 to 60 degrees C) +/- 12 microA max., 4 ... 20 mA

+/- 6 microA max., 0 ... 25 mA+/- 6 microA max., 0 ... 20 mA+/- 6 microA max., 4 ... 20 mA

Accuracy drift with temperature Typical: +/- 0.0025% of full scale / degrees CMaximum: +/- 0.005% of full scale / degrees C

Common Mode Rejection < -90 dB @ 60 HzInput Filter Single pole low pass, -3 dB cutoff @ 34 Hz, +/- 25%Update Time 15 ms for all channels

Internal NoneExternal User installed per local and national electrical codes

35010516 12/2018 77

140 ACI 040 00

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires 17 contiguous, 16-bit words—16 for input data and one for channel status. The data words formats are as follows.

The following shows the word 17.

NOTE: The broken wire detect is set at 2.0 mA.

78 35010516 12/2018

140 ACI 040 00

Topological AddressingTopological addresses for the 140 ACI 040 00 Input Module:


IODDTThe 140 ACI 040 00 Input Module uses the T_ANA_IN_VE IODDT:


I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the 140 ACI 040 00 Input Module as follows.


%I[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 Broken wire or under voltage• • •

Input 16 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.16 Value%I[\b.e\]r.m.16.1 Broken wire or under voltage




35010516 12/2018 79

140 ACI 040 00




1 -


17 -




ChannelsChannel1-Channel16 "4 ... 20 mA, 0-16000" "4 ... 20 mA, 0-4095"

"0 ... 20 mA, 0-20000"0 ... 25 mA, 0-25000

80 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 ARI 030 1035010516 12/2018

140 ARI 030 10: Analog RTD IN Module

Chapter 6140 ARI 030 10: Analog RTD IN Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information of the Quantum 140 ARI 030 10 Module.


Topic PagePresentation 82Indicators 83Wiring Diagram 84EMC Instructions 86140 ARI 030 10 Specifications 88Addressing 90Parameter Configuration 93

35010516 12/2018 81

140 ARI 030 10

Presentation

FunctionThe Analog RTD Input 8 Channel module accepts input from up to eight 2-, 3-, and 4-wire RTD sensors, and provides temperature measurement data to the Quantum CPU.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 ARI 030 10 module and its components.



82 35010516 12/2018

140 ARI 030 10

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 ARI 030 10 module.

DescriptionThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 ARI 030 10 module.

Diagnostic1. When using 2-wire configurations, the temperature equivalent of twice the lead resistance of

one leg must be subtracted from the temperature reading

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red An error (external to the module) has been detected.R Green Module has passed power up diagnostics1 ... 8 Red There is a detected error on the indicated point or

channel.This includes broken wire and short circuit conditions.

35010516 12/2018 83

140 ARI 030 10

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the wiring diagram of the 140 ARI 030 10.

84 35010516 12/2018

140 ARI 030 10

External Wiring RecommendationThe module is calibrated per:IEC Publication 751 for platinum RTDs: 100Ω @ 0 degrees C, TCR (α) = 0.00385Ω/Ω/degrees C. DIN 43760 for nickel RTDsAmerican Platinum RTDs: 100Ω @ 0 degrees C, TCR (α) = 0.00392Ω/Ω/degrees CNOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



35010516 12/2018 85

140 ARI 030 10

EMC Instructions

IllustrationThe following figure shows the wiring diagram of the 140 ARI 030 10 module in a high-interference environment.

86 35010516 12/2018

140 ARI 030 10

Instruction Notes Use twisted-pair shielded cable in a high-interference environment. Ground the cable shield close to the module side. We recommend that you put the magnet ring close to the module side. When using twisted-pair

is difficult (especially for 3-wire), use the magnet ring.Follow the pattern in the table for twisted-pair:

Step Mode Description1 4-wire ISOURCE+ twisted with ISOURCE-

VSENSE+ twisted with VSENSE-2 3-wire ISOURCE+/VSENSE+ twisted with ISOURCE-

VSENSE+ go alone— or —ISOURCE+/VSENSE+ twisted with VSENSE-ISOURCE+ go alone

3 2-wire ISOURCE+/VSENSE+ twisted with ISOURCE-/VSENSE-

35010516 12/2018 87

140 ARI 030 10

140 ARI 030 10 Specifications

General Specifications

RTD-Types / Range

Measurement Current

Resolution / Conversion

Isolation

Module Type 8 Channel IN (RTD)External Power Not requiredBus Current required (Module) 200 mAPower Dissipation 1 WI/O map 9 input wordsInput Impedance > 10 MΩError Detection Out of range or 8 red LEDs to indicate broken wire

conditions.

IEC Platinum:PT 100, PT 200, PT 500, PT 1000

-200 ... +850 degrees C

American Platinum:PT 100, PT 200, PT 500, PT 1000

-100 ... +450 degrees C

Nickel:N 100, N 200, N 500, N 1000

-60 ... +180 degrees C

PT 100, PT 200, N100, N200 2.5 mAPT 500, PT 1000, N 500, N 1000 0.5 mA

Resolution 0.1 degree CAbsolute Accuracy Error +/- 0.5 degrees C (25 degrees C)

+/- 0.9 degrees C (0 ... 60 degrees C)Linearity (0 to 60 degrees C) +/- 0.01% of full scale (0 ... 60 degrees C)

Channel to Channel 300 VppChannel to Bus 1780 VAC @ 47 ... 63 Hz for 1 minute

2500 VDC

88 35010516 12/2018

140 ARI 030 10

Update Time (all channels)

Overvoltage Protection

2-wire4-wire

640 ms

3-wire 1.2 s

Maximum input voltage (destruction limits)

Differential voltage of 50 Vdc or 30 Vac

35010516 12/2018 89

140 ARI 030 10

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires nine contiguous, 16-bit words—eight for input data and one for channel status. The data word formats are as follows.


*A range warning is issued when a channel input exceeds the rated input value. An out-of-range bit is set when a channel input exceeds the rated input value by 2.34% or when a broken wire is sensed on the channel. The warning bit is cleared (if set) when the out-of-range bit is set.

90 35010516 12/2018

140 ARI 030 10

Topological AddressingTopological addresses for the 140 ARI 030 10 Input Module:


IODDTThe 140 ARI 030 10 Input Module uses the T_ANA_IN_VE IODDT:



%I[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 Broken wire or Out of range%I[\b.e\]r.m.1.2 Range warning

• • •Input 8 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.8 Value

%I[\b.e\]r.m.8.1 Broken wire or Out of range%I[\b.e\]r.m.8.2 Range warning



%IWr.m.c.0 Int .VALUE%Ir.m.c.1 Bool .ERROR%Ir.m.c.2 Bool .WARNING

35010516 12/2018 91

140 ARI 030 10

I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the 140 ARI 030 10 Input Module as follows.

92 35010516 12/2018

140 ARI 030 10



Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping WORD (%IW-3X) -Inputs Starting Address 1 -Inputs Ending Address 9 -Task(Grayed if module in other than local)



Module_ConfigurationResolution 1.0 Deg 0.1 DegOutput Unit Centigrade FahrenheitValue Type Temp Raw Value

35010516 12/2018 93

140 ARI 030 10

ChannelsChannel1Disable No YesWire 4 wire 2 wire

3 wireType "Pt 100, -200 to 850" "Pt 200, -200 to 850"

"Pt 500, -200 to 850""Pt 1000, -200 to 850""Ni 100, -200 to 850""Ni 200, -200 to 850""Ni 500, -200 to 850""Ni 1000, -200 to 850""R, 0 to 766,66 ohms""R, 0 to 4000 ohms""Apt 100, -100 to 450""Apt 200, -100 to 450""Apt 500, -100 to 450""Apt 1000, -100 to 450"

Channel2-Channel8 see Channel1

Name Default Value Options Description

94 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 ATI 030 0035010516 12/2018

140 ATI 030 00: Analog TC IN Module

Chapter 7140 ATI 030 00: Analog TC IN Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 ATI 030 00 module.



35010516 12/2018 95

140 ATI 030 00

Presentation

FunctionThe140 ATI 030 00 is an 8-channel thermocouple input module.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 ATI 030 00 module and its components.



96 35010516 12/2018

140 ATI 030 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 ATI 030 00 module.

DescriptionThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 ATI 030 00 module.

Diagnostic1. All TC ranges have an open TC detect and upscale output. This results in a reading of 7FFF

hexadecimal (32767 decimal) when an open TC is detected.

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red An error (external to the module) has been detected.1 ... 8 Green The indicated point or channel is turned ON.1 ... 8 Red Indicated channel is out of range.

Broken wire condition is detected

35010516 12/2018 97

140 ATI 030 00

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the wiring diagram of the 140 ATI 030 00.

98 35010516 12/2018

140 ATI 030 00

External Wiring Recommendation1. Use shielded TCs. (The user should consider using shielded wire in a noisy environment.) 2. Shielded types should be connected to the PLC’s ground.3. A Shield Bar (STB XSP 3000 and STB XSP 3010/3020) should be used to connect the shielded

cable to ground (see Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Hardware, Reference Manual)

4. Connections marked Not Used are not electrically connected within the module. These points are used as a thermal link to ambient air. They are not recommended as electrical tie points as this could affect the accuracy of cold junction compensation.

5. The 140 CFA 040 00 CableFast block can be used. However it can create a temperature variation up to 35.6 °F (2 °C). For more information, refer to the Modicon Quantum Automation Series Hardware Reference Guide (840 USE 100).

NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



35010516 12/2018 99

140 ATI 030 00

Using Cold Junction Compensation (CJC)For temperature measurements, the 140 ATI 030 00 provides an internal CJC. However, a remote CJC can be used with the following TC types: J,K and T. The TC must be connected to Channel 1. NOTE: Recomendation when using remote CJC: To obtain the best accuracy when using a remote CJC, connect it as close as possible from the

140 ATI 030 00 module. The distance between the external CJC and the module affects the temperature measurement

accuracy. The usage of CableFast with a remote CJC is not recommended.The following diagram shows how to connect a remote Cold Junction Compensation using a temperature compensation on the 140 ATI 030 00:

For more information on the 140 ATI 030 00 please refer to the Modicon Quantum Automation Series Hardware Reference Guide (840 USE 100).

100 35010516 12/2018

140 ATI 030 00

Specifications


RangeRange

Resistance / FilterResistance / Filter

Module Type 8 Channel IN TCExternal Power Not requiredOperating Voltage (Channel to Channel)

220 VAC @ 47 ... 63 Hz or 300 VDC max.

Bus Current required (Module) 280 mAPower Dissipation 1.5 WI/O map 10 input wordsError Detection 8 red LEDs to indicate out of range or broken wire

conditons

TC Types:JKETSRB

Range (degrees C):-210 ... +760-270 ... +1370-270 ... +1000-270 ... +400-50 ... +1665-50 ... +1665+130 ... +1820

Millivolt Ranges(Open circuit detect can be disabled on these ranges)

-100 mV ... +100 mV-25 mV ... +25 mV

TC Resistance / Max. Source Resistance

200 ohms for rated accuracy

Input Impedance > 1 MohmsInput Filter Single low pass @ nominal 20 Hz plus notch filter at

50 / 60 Hz

35010516 12/2018 101

140 ATI 030 00

Noise Rejection / CJCNoise Rejection / CJC

ResolutionResolution

Absolute Accuracy, Update and Configuration Time

Normal Noise Rejection 120 dB min. @ 50 or 60 HzCold Junction Compensation (CJC) Internal CJC operates 0 ... 60 degrees C (errors are

included in the accuracy specification). The connector door must be closed.Remote CJC can be implemented by connecting a TC (which monitors the external junction block temperature) to channel 1. Types J, K, and T are recommended for remote CJC.

TC Ranges 1 degree C (default)0.1 degree C 1 degree F0.1 degree F

Millivolt Ranges 100 mV range , 3.05 μV (16 bit)25 mV range , 0.76 μV (16 bit)

CAUTIONRISK OF TEMPORARY INVALID INITIAL INPUT TEMPERATURE VALUE.Delay the temperature input processing by 2 seconds in the application: after the 140 ATI 030 00 health bit has changed from 0 to 1 after a power cycle (warm restart) if the 140 ATI 030 00 is in the local rackFailure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

CAUTIONRISK OF TEMPORARY INVALID INITIAL INPUT STATUS INFORMATION.Delay the channel status information processing by 2 seconds in the application: after the 140 ATI 030 00 health bit has changed from 0 to 1 after a power cycle (warm restart) if the 140 ATI 030 00 is in the local rackFailure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

102 35010516 12/2018

140 ATI 030 00

NOTE: The 140 ATI 030 00 temperature input processing hardware requires a relatively long time to configure. This effect must be taken into account during special cases: When the PLC is in RUN mode and the module becomes power-cycled, When the PLC is in RUN mode and the module is hot swapped.In these cases, the module becomes healthy before the input hardware initialization has completed. During this time, invalid temperature values and status information could be received from the module (see input words 1-10 and I/O map status byte).Absolute accuracy, update and configuration time

IsolationIsolation

Notes on Specifications Absolute accuracy includes errors from the internal CJC, TC – curvature, offset plus gain, for

module temperature of 0 ... 60 degrees C. User supplied TC errors not included. For Type J and K, add 1.5 degrees C inaccuracy for temperatures below -100 degrees C. Type B cannot be used below 130 degrees C.

TC Absolute Accuracy (see Note 1) Types J, K, E, T (see Note 2):+/- 2 degrees C plus +/- 0.1% readingTypes S, R, B (see Note 3):+/- 4 degrees C plus +/- 0.1% reading

Millivolt Absolute Accuracy @ 25 degrees C

+/- 20 microV +/- 0.1% of reading

Accuracy Drift with Temperature 0.15 μV / degrees C + 0.0015% of reading / degrees C max.

Update Time 1 s (all channels)Configuration Time 2 s (all channels)

Channel to Bus 1780 VAC @ 47 ... 63 Hz or2500 VDC for 1 minute

35010516 12/2018 103

140 ATI 030 00

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires ten contiguous, 16-bit words—eight for input data, one for channel status, and one for internal temperature of the module. The data words formats are as follows.


* A range warning is issued when a channel input exceeds the rated input value. An out-of-range bit is set when a channel input exceeds the rated input value by 2.4% or when a broken wire is sensed on the channel. The warning bit is cleared (if set) when the out-of-range bit is set.

104 35010516 12/2018

140 ATI 030 00

The following figure shows the word 10 register.

Topological AddressingTopological addresses for the 140 ATI 030 00 Input Module:


IODDTThe 140ATI03000 Input Module uses the T_ANA_IN_VWE IODDT:



%I[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 Out of range%I[\b.e\]r.m.1.2 Range warning



Status Word %IW[\b.e\]r.m.9 Status of input channelsInternal Temperature %IW[\b.e\]r.m.10 Internal module temperature

IODDT Name Object Data Type NameT_ANA_IN_VWE %CH[\b.e\]r.m.c ANA_IN_VWE userdefined


35010516 12/2018 105

140 ATI 030 00

I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the 140 ATI 030 00 Input Module as follows.

106 35010516 12/2018

140 ATI 030 00






Module_ConfigurationResolution 1.0 Deg 0.1 DegOutput Unit Centigrade FahrenheitCold Junction Compensator On Board Channel 1

35010516 12/2018 107

140 ATI 030 00

ChannelsChannel1 DISABLE ENABLEOpen Circuit Test No YesRaw Output Amplifier Gain 25 100Type "J, Gain=25" "K, Gain=25"

"E, Gain=25""T, Gain=100""S, Gain=100""R, Gain=100"



108 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 AVI 030 0035010516 12/2018

140 AVI 030 00: Analog Mixed Current/Voltage IN Module

Chapter 8140 AVI 030 00: Analog Mixed Current/Voltage IN Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 AVI 030 00 module.



35010516 12/2018 109

140 AVI 030 00

Presentation

FunctionThe Analog In 8 Channel Bipolar module accepts a mix of current and voltage inputs. Jumpers are required between the input and sense terminals for current inputs.NOTE: This module is not HART compatible

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 AVI 030 00 module and its components.



110 35010516 12/2018

140 AVI 030 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 AVI 030 00 module.

DescriptionThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 AVI 030 00 module.

Diagnostic1. To prevent improper fault indications, unused inputs should have the + (plus) and – (minus)

inputs tied together and be configured for a bipolar input range.

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red An error (external to the module) has been detected.1 ... 8 Red Indicated channel is out of range (1 ... 5 V)

Broken wire condition is detected (4 ... 20 mA)

35010516 12/2018 111

140 AVI 030 00

Wiring Diagram

Illustration

CAUTIONUNWIRED INPUTS CAUSE INVALID READINGSWhen configured for voltage inputs (no jumper installed between INPUT(+) and ISENSE terminals), if a broken field wire occurs, readings will be non-zero and not predictable. The field wiring terminal strip must not be removed when the module is operating.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

112 35010516 12/2018

140 AVI 030 00

The following figure shows the 140 AVI 030 00 wiring diagram.

35010516 12/2018 113

140 AVI 030 00

External Wiring Recommendation 1. The user supplies the current and voltage sources (installation and calibration of fuses are at

the discretion of the user).2. Use shielded signal cable. In noisy environnements, twisted shielded cable is recommended. 3. Shielded cables should be connected to the PLC’s ground.4. A Shield Bar (STB XSP 3000 and STB XSP 3010/3020) should be used to connect the shielded


5. N / C = Not connected.NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



114 35010516 12/2018

140 AVI 030 00

Specifications


Operating RangesOperating Ranges

NOTE: The Operating Ranges are selectable on a per-channel base.


Module Type 8 Channel IN DifferentialExternal Power Not requiredOperating Voltage (Channel to Channel)

200 VDC135 VAC rms max.

Bus Current required (Module) 280 mAPower Disssipation 2.2 WI/O map 9 input wordsError Detection Broken wire in 4 ... 20 mA mode, Out of range

Bipolar +/- 10 VDC+/- 5 VDC+/- 20 mA

Unipolar 0 ...10 VDC0 ... 5 VDC0 ... 20 mA

Unipolar with Offset 1 ... 5 VDC4 ... 20 mA

Absolute Voltage (max.) 50 VDCLinear Mesuring Range (Input range) x 1.024Input Impedance > 20 Mohms

35010516 12/2018 115

140 AVI 030 00



Accuracy Error @ 25 degrees C:

IsolationIsolation

NOTE: Calibration is not required for this module.

Absolute Current (max.) 25 mALinear Measuring Range Input range) x 1.024Input Impedance 250 ohms +/- 0.01%

16 bit +/- 10 VDC, 0 ...10 VDC15 bit +/- 5 VDC, 0 ...5 VDC, +/- 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA 14 bit 1 ... 5 VDC; 4 ... 20 mAAccuracy Error @ 25 degrees C Voltage Mode:

Typical: +/- 0.03% of full scale (+-10V, 0..10V)Maximum: +/- 0.05% of full scale (+-10V, 0..10V)Current Mode:Add an extra +/- 0.03%

Accuracy Drift with Temperature Typical: +/- 0.0015% of full scale / degrees CMaximum: +/- 0.004% of full scale / degrees C

Linearity +/- 0.008%Common Mode Rejection > -80 dB @ 60 HzInput Filter Single pole low pass, -3 dB @ 847 Hz, +/- 20%Update Time 10 ms for all channels

Input range Typical (Absolute error) Maximum (Absolute Error)+/- 10 VDC, +/- 5 VDC +/- 6 mV +/- 10 mV0...10 VDC, 0...5 VDC, 1...15VDC +/- 3 mV +/- 5 mV+/- 20 mA +/- 48 µA +/- 64 µA0...20 mA, 4...20 mA +/- 24 µA +/- 32 µA

Channel to Bus 500 VAC rms for 1 minute750 VDC rms for 1 minute

116 35010516 12/2018

140 AVI 030 00

Linear Measuring Ranges TableThe following table shows the linear measuring ranges for the 140 AVI 030 00 Analog Input Module.

* The Voltmeter ranges are listed in Modsoft signed format.

Data Format Input Under Range

Normal Over Range

16-bit Format +/- 10 V < 768 768 ... 64768 > 64768+/- 5 V, +/- 20 mA < 16768 16768 ... 48768 > 487680 ... 10 V 0 ... 64000 > 640000 ... 5 V, 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 32000 > 320001 ... 5 V, 4 ... 20 mA <6400 6400 ... 32000 > 32000

Voltmeter* Format

+/- 10 V < -10000 -10000 ... 10000 > 10000

+/-5 V < -5000 -5000 ... 5000 > 50000 ... 10 V 0 ... 10000 > 100000 ... 5 V 0 ... 5000 > 50001 ... 5 V < 1000 1000 ... 5000 > 5000+/- 20 mA < 1000 -20000 ... 20000 > 200000 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20000 > 200004 ... 20 mA < 4000 4000 ... 20000 > 20000

12-bit Format +/- 10 V 0 0 ... 4095 4095+/- 5 V, +/- 20 mA 0 0 ... 4095 40950 ... 10 V 0 ... 4095 40950 ... 5 V, 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 4095 40951 ... 5 V, 4 ... 20 mA 0 0 ... 4095 4095

35010516 12/2018 117

140 AVI 030 00

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires nine contiguous, 16-bit words—eight for input data and one for channel status. The data words formats are as follows.


*A range warning is issued when a channel input exceeds the rated input value. Warning bit stay on after out of range bits are set. **An out-of-range bit is set when a channel input exceeds the rated input value by 2.4% or when a broken wire (4 ... 20 mA or 1 ... 5 V mode) is sensed on the channel. Out of range bits are also set if inputs drop below 0.5 V (1 ... 5 V mode) or 2.08 mA (4 ...20 mA mode).

118 35010516 12/2018

140 AVI 030 00

Topological AddressingTopological addresses for the 140 AVI 030 00 Input Module:


IODDTThe 140AVI03000 Input Module uses the T_ANA_IN_VWE IODDT:


I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the 140 AVI 030 00 Input Module as follows.








35010516 12/2018 119

140 AVI 030 00






Data Format 16 bit format Volt Meter12 bit format

ChannelsChannel1 -10 TO +10V -10V TO +10V

0V TO +10V-5V TO +5V0V TO +5V+1V TO +5V-20 mA TO +20mA


120 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control ExpertAnalog OUT Modules35010516 12/2018

Analog OUT Modules

Part IIIAnalog OUT Modules

IntroductionThe following part provides information on the Quantum Analog OUT modules.


Chapter Chapter Name Page9 140 ACO 020 00: Analog Current OUT Module 123

10 140 ACO 130 00: Analog Mixed Current OUT Module 13311 140 AVO 020 00: Analog Mixed Voltage OUT Module 143

35010516 12/2018 121

Analog OUT Modules

122 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 ACO 020 0035010516 12/2018

140 ACO 020 00: Analog Current OUT Module

Chapter 9140 ACO 020 00: Analog Current OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 ACO 020 00 module.



35010516 12/2018 123

140 ACO 020 00

Presentation

FunctionThe Analog Output 4 Channel Current module controls and monitors current in 4 ... 20 mA loops.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 ACO 020 00 module and its components.



124 35010516 12/2018

140 ACO 020 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 ACO 020 00 module.

DescriptionThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 ACO 020 00 module.

NOTE: When the green channel status LEDs are OFF, the loop current is 0 mA .

Diagnostic1. At power up, the channel outputs are all disabled (current = 0). Configuring any channel as

disabled will cause all channels to be disabled when a communication loss occurs.

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red An error (external to the module) has been detected.1 ... 4 Green Module outputs switched ON.1 ... 4 Red Broken wire on indicated channels.

35010516 12/2018 125

140 ACO 020 00

Wiring Diagram

Illustration

WARNINGUNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATIONBefore removing the connector, remove the field power or ensure that the pre-actuator wiring can remain in an open circuit condition.Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

126 35010516 12/2018

140 ACO 020 00

The following figure shows the wiring diagram for the 140 ACO 020 00 module.

35010516 12/2018 127

140 ACO 020 00




5. Unused channels indicate broken wire status unless wired to the loop supply, as shown on Channel 4. In this example, loop supply must be 30 V or less

6. The wiring example shows Channel 1 acting as a current sink and Channel 2 acting as a current source for their respective field devices.

7. N / C = Not Connected.NOTE: VM is an optional voltmeter that can be connected to read voltage that is proportional to the current. Wiring to this terminal is limited to 1 meter maximum.NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



128 35010516 12/2018

140 ACO 020 00

Specifications


VoltageVoltage

Resolution / ConversionResolution

Module Type 4 Channel OUTExternal Power Loop Voltage:12 ... 30 VDC, up to 60 VDC with an

external loop resistorBus Current required (Module) 480 mAPower Dissipation 5.3 W max.I/O map 4 output wordsError Detection Open circuit in 4 ... 20 mA mode. Specific channel is

identified when an open circuit is detected through the red channel LED.

Loop Voltage 12 ... 30 VDC, up to 60 VDC with an external loop resistorLoop Resistance * = ( - 30 VDC) / 0.02 A

= ( - 7 VDC) / 0.02 A

* No is required for loop voltage less than 30 VDC

Internal Voltage Drop 7 VDC min., 30 VDC max. @ 20 mA

Resolution 12 bitAccuracy Error at 25 degrees C +/- 0.20% of full scaleAccuracy Drift with Temperature Typical: 0.004% of full scale / degrees C.

Maximum: 0.007% of full scale / degrees C.Linearity +/- 1 LSBUpdate Time 3 ms for all Channels (simultaneous update)Settling time 900 μs to +/- 0.1 % of final value

35010516 12/2018 129

140 ACO 020 00

IsolationIsolation

FusesFuses

NOTE: When the green channel status LEDs are off, the loop current is 0 mA.

Voltmeter Monitor Specifications TableThe following table shows the voltmeter monitor specifications.

Channel to Bus 1780 VAC @ 47 ... 63 Hz or2500 VDC for 1 minute

Channel to Channel 500 VAC @ 47 ... 63 Hz or750 VDC for 1 minute

Internal Not requiredExternal -

Range 1 ... 5 V (Main current loop must be active)Scaling (Volts) = (mA) x 0.25

Output Impedance 300 ohms TypicalWiring Length 1 m max.

130 35010516 12/2018

140 ACO 020 00

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires four contiguous, 16-bit words (%MW) for output data. The data words formats are as follows.

Topological AddressingTopological addresses for the 140 ACO 020 00 Output Module:


I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the 140 ACO 020 00 Output Module as follows.

Point I/O Object CommentOutput 1 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1 ValueOutput 2 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.2 ValueOutput 3 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.3 ValueOutput 4 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.4 Value

35010516 12/2018 131

140 ACO 020 00



Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping WORD (%MW-4X) -Outputs Starting Address

1 -

Outputs Ending Address

4 -




ChannelsENABLE/DISABLE ALL CHANNELS...

ENABLE DISABLE DISABLE all channels in case of system crash or timeout

Channel1 HOLD LAST VALUE DISABLEUSER DEFINED

DISABLE option is displayed but not available.

Timeout Value 0 0-4095 only enabled if Channel = USER DEFINED


132 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 ACO 130 0035010516 12/2018

140 ACO 130 00: Analog Mixed Current OUT Module

Chapter 10140 ACO 130 00: Analog Mixed Current OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 ACO 130 00 module.



35010516 12/2018 133

140 ACO 130 00

Presentation

FunctionThe 140 ACO 130 00 is an 8 channel analog output module used to control and monitor current in 4 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA, and 0 ... 25 mA loops.NOTE: This module is not HART compatible.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 ACO 130 00 module and its components.



134 35010516 12/2018

140 ACO 130 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 ACO 130 00 module.

DescriptionThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 ACO 130 00 module.

Diagnostic1. Unused outputs may cause the activation of the F (fault) LED. To avoid this occurrence the

unused channels should be configured in the 0 ... 25 mA range.2. At power up, channel outputs are all at zero current (0 mA).

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red An error (external to the module) has been detected.1 ... 8 Green Module outputs switched ON.1 ... 8 Red Broken wire on indicated channels.

35010516 12/2018 135

140 ACO 130 00

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the wiring diagram of the 140 ACO 130 00 module:

136 35010516 12/2018

140 ACO 130 00




5. All terminals labeled ‘RETURN" are common inside the module.6. N / C = Not connected.NOTE: VM is an optional voltmeter that can be connected to read voltage that is proportional to the current. Wiring to this terminal is limited to 1 meter maximum.NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



35010516 12/2018 137

140 ACO 130 00

Specifications


VoltageVoltage

Range / ResolutionRange / Resolution

AccuracyAccuracy

Module Type 8 Channel OUTExternal Power Loop Voltage: 6 ... 30 VDC max.Bus Current required (Module) 550 mAPower Dissipation 5.0 W max.I/O map 8 output wordsError Detection Open circuit in 4 ... 20 mA mode. The open channel

is indicated through the red channel LED and is also reported back to the controller in the I/O Map status byte

Loop Voltage 6 ... 30 VDC max.Internal Voltage Drop 6 VDC min., 30 VDC max. @ 25 mA

0 ... 25 mA 0 ... 25,000 counts0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20,000 counts4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 16,000 counts4 ... 25 mA 0 ... 4,095 counts

Accuracy Error @ 25 degrees C +/- 0.20% of full scaleAccuracy Drift with Temperature Typical: 0.004% of full scale / degrees C.

Maximum: 0.007% of full scale / degrees C.

138 35010516 12/2018

140 ACO 130 00

LinearityLinearity

TimesTimes

IsolationIsolation

FusesFuses

0 ... 25 mA0 ... 20 mA4 ... 20 mA

+/- 4 μA

4 ... 25 mA +/- 12 μA

Update Time 5 ms for all ChannelsSettling Time Full Scale 1.6 ms to 5% of the final valueStep Change 3.2 ms to 5% of the final value

Field to Bus 1780 VAC for 1 minuteChannel to Channel None

Internal NoneExternal None

35010516 12/2018 139

140 ACO 130 00

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires eight contiguous, 16-bit words (%MW) for output data. The data words formats are as follows.

Topological AddressingTopological addresses for the 140 ACO 130 00 Output Module:


I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the 140 ACO 130 00 Output Module as follows.

Point I/O Object CommentOutput 1 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1 ValueOutput 2 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.2 Value

• • •Output 7 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.7 ValueOutput 8 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.8 Value

140 35010516 12/2018

140 ACO 130 00




1 -


8 -




ChannelsChannel_1

35010516 12/2018 141

140 ACO 130 00

Range Selection "4-20 mA, 0-16000" "4-20 mA, 0-4095""0-20 mA, 0-20000""0-25 mA, 0-25000"

Timeout State HOLD LAST VALUE MINIMUM OUTPUTUSER DEFINED

Timeout Value 0 0-32767 only enabled if Timeout State = USER DEFINED

Channel_2 -Channel_8

see Channel1


142 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 AVO 020 0035010516 12/2018

140 AVO 020 00: Analog Mixed Voltage OUT Module

Chapter 11140 AVO 020 00: Analog Mixed Voltage OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 AVO 020 00 module.



35010516 12/2018 143

140 AVO 020 00

Presentation

FunctionThe Analog Out 4 Channel module accepts outputs voltages in mixed modes and levels. These are selected using jumpers on the field-wiring connector. NOTE: This module is not HART compatible.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 AVO 020 00 module and its components.



144 35010516 12/2018

140 AVO 020 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 AVO 020 00 module.

DiagnosticDuring normal operation, the front panel Active and 1 ... 4 green LEDs are ON. If bus communication to the module stops for any reason, the Active LED will go off and output values are set depending on panel software configuration. When LEDs 1 ... 4 are ON, the channel output levels will be as predetermined and held by the

module. When LEDs 1 ... 4 are OFF, the master override levels are output on each channel.

35010516 12/2018 145

140 AVO 020 00

Wiring Diagram

Illustration

WARNINGUNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATIONBefore removing the connector, remove the field power or ensure that pre-actuator wiring can remain in an open circuit condition.Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

WARNINGUNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAvoid erroneous outputs in this module by connecting the master override to an external source through a 1/16 amp in-line fuse or connecting to circuit common.Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

146 35010516 12/2018

140 AVO 020 00

The following figure shows the wiring diagram for the 140 AVO 020 00 module.

2

10

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40 39

37

35

33

31

29

27

25

23

21

19

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

R 1

CONTROL 1 Jumper

JumperR 2

Jumper

Jumper

Jumper

Jumper

OUTPUT 1 (+)

N/C

N/C

N/C

R 3

R 4

OUTPUT 2 (+)

OUTPUT 3 (+)

MASTER OVERRIDE

COMMON 1 (-)

COMMON 1 (-)

COMMON 1 (-)See

NOTE 1

COMMON 2 (-)See

NOTE 1

SeeNOTE 1

COMMON 2 (-)

COMMON 2 (-)

COMMON 3 (-)

COMMON 3 (-)

N/CMASTER OVERRIDE

COMMON 3 (-)

SeeNOTE 1

COMMON 4 (-)

COMMON 4 (-)

1/16A

+

+

-

-

EXTERNALVOLTAGESOURCE

The external voltage sourceis not required for standardoperation (NOTE 1 : see External Wiring Recommendation).

CHANNEL 4JUMPERED

FOR 0 TO 10 V

CHANNEL 3JUMPEREDFOR + / - 5 V

NormallyClosed

NormallyOpen

Typical oneof four

Normally Open whenCH X green LED is ON

ChannelOutput X

MasterOverride X

Master Override Relay Circuit (Internal)

CHANNEL 2JUMPERED

FOR 0 TO 5 V

CHANNEL 1JUMPERED

FOR + / - 10 V

COMMON 4 (-)

MASTER OVERRIDE

MASTER OVERRIDE

N/C

N/C

N/C

N/C

REFERENCE 2

REFERENCE 1 N/C = Not Connected

REFERENCE 3

OUTPUT 4 (+)

REFERENCE 4

CONTROL 2

CONTROL 3

CONTROL 4

FIELDDEVICE

FIELDDEVICE

35010516 12/2018 147

140 AVO 020 00

External Wiring Recommendation1. When the green channel status LEDs are off, the module is not generating outputs, however,

an output may still be present if the master override signal is used.2. Master override is an input connected via an internal relay contact to the output when the

module is not active. If connected to an external source, the master override input must be fused by a 1/16 A fuse.

3. If the master override is not connected to an external source, then it must be connected to common of that channel.The master override relay transition time is typically 2 ms.

4. The master override inputs must be from an external supply with a source impedance of <200Ω or tied to system common. These inputs for channels that are in use should not be allowed to float and may be unique for each.

NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The output levels of this module are either those generated within the module based on data inputs from the system, or from the master override inputs on the field-wiring terminal strip.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



148 35010516 12/2018

140 AVO 020 00

Specifications


Output Ranges*Output Ranges*

NOTE: *The range is determined by Jumpers (see wiring diagram)

Resolution / AccuracyResolution / Accuracy

Accuracy Drift with TemperatureAccuracy Drift with Temperature

Module Type 4 Channel OUTExternal Power Not requiredBus Current required (Module) 700 mAPower Dissipation 4.5 W max.I/O map 4 output wordsError Detection NoneWiring length 400 m max.

Voltages (Bipolar) +/- 10 VDC (Min. load resistance = 1 kohms)+/- 5 VDC (Min. load resistance = 500 ohms)

Voltages (Unipolar) 0 ...10 VDC (Min. load resistance = 1 kohms)0 ... 5 VDC (Min. load resistance = 500 ohms)

Output Current +/- 10 mA max. (any range)Outputs are shortcut proof

Source Resistance 0.1 ohms

Resolution 12 bitAccuracy Error @ 25 degrees C +/- 0.15% of full scaleLinearity +/- 1 LSB

Unipolar Ranges Typical: 0.003% of full scale / degrees CMaximum: 0.005% of full scale / degrees C

Bipolar Ranges Typical: 0.004% of full scale / degrees CMaximum: 0.007% of full scale / degrees C

35010516 12/2018 149

140 AVO 020 00

TimesTimes

IsolationIsolation

FusesFuses

Max. Settling Time 700 μs to +/- 0.1% of the final valueUpdate Time 3 ms for all channels

Channel to Bus 1780 VAC rms for 1 minuteChannel to Channel 500 VAC rms for 1 minute

Internal Not requiredExternal An external fuse is required on the master override

signal when it is connected to an external source. The required fuse is 1/16 A or 0.063 A fuse:Fuse Type: 3 AG Fast acting 1/16 A, 250 VFuse Holder: 3 AG Fuse typeThe external fuse is not required if master override is connected to common

150 35010516 12/2018

140 AVO 020 00

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires four contiguous, 16-bit words (%MW) for output data. The data words formats are as follows.

Topological AddressingTopological addresses for the 140 AVO 020 00 Output Module:


I/O Map Status ByteThere is no I/O map status byte used by the 140 AVO 020 00 Output Module.

Point I/O Object CommentOutput 1 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1 ValueOutput 2 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.2 ValueOutput 3 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.3 ValueOutput 4 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.4 Value

35010516 12/2018 151

140 AVO 020 00




1 -


4 -




ChannelsENABLE/DISABLE ALL CHANNELS...

ENABLE DISABLE (1) DISABLE all channels in case of system crash or timeout

Channel1 HOLD LAST VALUE DISABLEUSER DEFINED

DISABLE option is displayed but not available.

Timeout Value 0 0-4095 only enabled if Channel = USER DEFINED


Legend(1): Output LEDs 1-4 go out when DISABLE is selected and the module goes to the inactive state.

152 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control ExpertAnalog IN / OUT Modules35010516 12/2018

Analog IN / OUT Modules

Part IVAnalog IN / OUT Modules

35010516 12/2018 153

Analog IN / OUT Modules

154 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 AMM 090 0035010516 12/2018

140 AMM 090 00: Analog Mixed Current/Voltage IN / OUT Module

Chapter 12140 AMM 090 00: Analog Mixed Current/Voltage IN / OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 AMM 090 00 module.



35010516 12/2018 155

140 AMM 090 00

Presentation

FunctionThe Analog In/Out 4/2 bi-directional module combines four analog inputs which accept a mix of current and voltage, with two isolated analog outputs that control and monitor current in 4 ... 20 mA loops. NOTE: This module is HART compatible

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 AMM 090 00 module and its components.



156 35010516 12/2018

140 AMM 090 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 AMM 090 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 AMM 090 00 module.

DiagnosticTo prevent improper fault indications, unused inputs should have the + (plus) and - (minus) inputs tied together and be configured for a bipolar input range.

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red No power applied to the output group(s) or input out of range1 ... 2 Green (left column) Module outputs switched ON.1 ... 2 Red (middle column) Broken wire on indicated output channels.1 ... 4 Red (right column) Indicates input status: under/over range

35010516 12/2018 157

140 AMM 090 00

Wiring Diagram

Illustration

CAUTIONUNWIRED INPUTS CAUSE INVALID READINGSWhen configured for voltage inputs (no jumper installed between In(+) and sense terminals), if a broken field wire occurs, readings will be non-zero and not predictable.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

158 35010516 12/2018

140 AMM 090 00

The following figure shows the wiring diagram for the 140 AMM 090 00 analog input/output module.

35010516 12/2018 159

140 AMM 090 00

External Wiring RecommendationThe following information pertains to the wiring diagram above.Output Section 2 Channels

Input Section 4 Channels

1. Jumpers are required between IN (+) and SENSE terminals for all current input ranges.2. Pins 1 ... 20 are outputs.

Pins 21 ... 40 are inputs.3. Use shielded signal cable. In noisy environnements, twisted shielded cable is recommended. 4. Shielded cables should be connected to the PLC’s ground.5. A Shield Bar (STB XSP 3000 and STB XSP 3010/3020) should be used to connect the shielded


6. For Inputs, the maximum channel to channel working voltage cannot exceed 30 Vdc.7. N / C = Not Connected.NOTE: V is an optional voltmeter that can connected to read voltage that is proportional to the current. Wiring to this terminal must not exceed 1 m.NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.

Typical Wiring OutputsChannel 1 The output shows a connection to an external field device

and optional monitor.Channel 2 The output shows a connection to an external field device

and the input of channel 1.

Typical Wiring InputsChannel 1 Channel 1 shows 4 - 20 mA current input controlled by

output section Channel 2.Channel 4 The input shows a connection to a voltage output sensor.



160 35010516 12/2018

140 AMM 090 00

Specifications


Operating RangesOperating Ranges


Module Type 4 Channel IN2 Channel OUT (isolated)

External Power Loop Voltage:... 30 VDC, up to 60 VDC with an external resistor

Bus Current required (Module) 350 mAError Detection Open circuit in 4 ... 20 mA range, or over range, or

under range in bipolar modes only.

Bipolar +/- 10 VDC+/- 5 VDC+/- 20 mA

Unipolar 0 ...10 VDC0 ... 5 VDC0 ... 20 mA

Unipolar with Offset 1 ... 5 VDC4 ... 20 mA

Operating Voltage (Channel to Channel)

+/- 40 VDC (max.)

Absolute Voltage (max.) +/- 50 VDCLinear Mesuring Range 2.4% over and under rangeInput Impedance in Range > 10 MohmsInput Impedance over Range < 0.5 Mohms

35010516 12/2018 161

140 AMM 090 00


When configured for current inputs (jumper installed between IN(+) and SENSE terminals), a broken field wire results in a zero current reading. If 4 ... 20 mA is selected, error LEDs and warning/out of range are displayed.


IsolationIsolation

Absolute Current (max.) +/- 25 mALinear Measuring Range 2.4% over and -9.6% under range.Input Impedance 250 ohms

16 bit +/- 10 VDC, 0 ...10 VDC15 bit +/- 5 VDC, 0 ...5 VDC, +/- 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA 14 bit 1 ... 5 VDC; 4 ... 20 mAAbsolute Accuracy Error @ 25 degrees C Voltage mode:

Typical: +/- 0.03% of full scale Maximum: +/- 0.05% of full scale

Current mode: Add an extra +/- 0.03% to voltage specification

Linearity Monotonic +/- 1 LSBOffset 0 ... 60 degrees C +/- 0.0014% of full scale max.Gain Shift 0 ... 60 degrees C +/- 0.002% of full scale max.Common Mode Rejection Better than 80 dB @ 50 or 60 HzInput Filter Single pole low pass, -3 dB @ 21 Hz, +/- 20%Update Time 320 ms for 4 channels


Channel to Channel 500 VAC rms for 1 minute750 VDC rms for 1 minute

162 35010516 12/2018

140 AMM 090 00

Linear Measuring Ranges TableThe following table shows the linear measuring ranges for the Inputs.

* The Voltmeter ranges are listed in Modsoft signed format.

FusesFuses

Data Format Input Under Range

Normal Over Range

16-bit Format +/- 10 V < 768 768 ... 64768 > 64768+/- 5 V, +/- 20 mA < 16768 16768 ... 48768 > 487680 ... 10 V 0 ... 64000 > 640000 ... 5 V, 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 32000 > 320001 ... 5 V, 4 ... 20 mA <6400 6400 ... 32000 > 32000

Voltmeter* Format

+/- 10 V < -10000 -10000 ... 10000 > 10000

+/-5 V < -5000 -5000 ... 5000 > 50000 ... 10 V 0 ... 10000 > 100000 ... 5 V 0 ... 5000 > 50001 ... 5 V < 1000 1000 ... 5000 > 5000+/- 20 mA < 1000 -20000 ... 20000 > 200000 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20000 > 200004 ... 20 mA < 4000 4000 ... 20000 > 20000

12-bit Format +/- 10 V 0 0 ... 4095 4095+/- 5 V, +/- 20 mA 0 0 ... 4095 40950 ... 10 V 0 ... 4095 40950 ... 5 V, 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 4095 40951 ... 5 V, 4 ... 20 mA 0 0 ... 4095 4095

Internal Not requiredExternal User installed per local and national electrical codes

35010516 12/2018 163

140 AMM 090 00

Output SpecificationsOutput Specifications


A range warning is issued when a channel input is outside the rated input value. Warning bits stay on after out of range bits are set. An out-of-range bit is set when a channel input exceeds the rated input value by 2.4%. Out of range bits are also set if inputs drop below 0.5V (1 ... 5V mode) or 2.08 mA (4 ... 20 mA mode)

IsolationIsolation

Loop Voltage ... 30 VDC, up to 60 VDC with an external resistorLoop Resistance * = ( - 30 VDC) / 0.020 A

= ( - 7 VDC) / 0.020 A

* No is required for loop voltage less than 30 VDC

Internal Voltage Drop 7 VDC min., 30 VDC max. @ 20 mAFault Detection Open circuit in 4 ... 20 mA range, or over range, or under

range in bipolar modes only.

Resolution 12 bitAccuracy Error at 25 degrees C +/- 0.20% of full scaleAccuracy Error @ 0 ...60 degrees C (voltage mode)

Typical: +/- 0.004% of full scaleMaximum: +/- 0.07% of full scale

Linearity Monotonic +/- 1 LSBUpdate Time 15 ms for 2 ChannelsSettling time 900 micro sec to +/- 0.1 % of final valueFault Detection Open circuit indicator light and status byte


Channel to Channel 500 VAC rms for 1 minute750 VDC rms for 1 minute

164 35010516 12/2018

140 AMM 090 00

Voltmeter Monitor Specifications TableThe following table shows the specifications for the voltmeter monitor for the analog input/output module.

Range 1 ... 5 V (Loop current must be active)Scaling (mA) x 0.250 = (volts)

Output Impedance 300 ohms typicalMaximum Wire Length 1 meter

35010516 12/2018 165

140 AMM 090 00

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires five contiguous, 16-bit input words (%IW)—four for input data, one for channel status, and 2 contiguous, 16-bit output words (%QW)— for output data. The data word formats are as follows.The following shows the input words 1 ... 4:

The following shows the input word 5:

*A range warning is issued when a channel input exceeds the rated input value. An out-of-range bit is set when a channel input exceeds the rated input value by 2.4% or when a broken wire (4 ... 20 mA mode) is sensed on the channel.

166 35010516 12/2018

140 AMM 090 00

The following shows the output words 1 and 2:

Topological AddressingTopological addresses for the 140 AMM 090 00 Input/Output Module:






Status Word %IW[\b.e\]r.m.5 Status of in/out channelsOutput 1 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1 Value

%I[\b.e\]r.m.1.3 Broken wireOutput 2 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.2 Value

%I[\b.e\]r.m.2.3 Broken wire

35010516 12/2018 167

140 AMM 090 00

IODDTThe 140 AMM 090 00 Input/Output Module uses the T_ANA_BI_VWE IODDT for the first 2 input and output channels and the T_ANA_IN_VWE for the input channels 3 and 4:


I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the 140 AMM 090 00 Input Module as follows.

IODDT Name Object Data Type NameT_ANA_BI_VWE %CH[\b.e\]r.m.c ANA_IN_VWE userdefined

%IWr.m.c.0 Int .VALUE_IN%IQr.m.c.0 Int .VALUE_OUT%Ir.m.c.1 Bool .ERROR_IN%Ir.m.c.2 Bool .WARNING_IN%Ir.m.c.3 Bool .ERROR_OUT

T_ANA_IN_VWE %CH[\b.e\]r.m.c ANA_IN_VWE userdefined%IWr.m.c.0 Int .VALUE%Ir.m.c.1 Bool .ERROR%Ir.m.c.2 Bool .WARNING

168 35010516 12/2018

140 AMM 090 00



Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping WORD (%IW-3X%MW-4X) -Inputs Starting Address

1 -


4 -

Outputs Starting Address

1 -


2 -




Data Format 16 bit format Volt meter12 bit format

35010516 12/2018 169

140 AMM 090 00

Input RangeChannel1 NOT INSTALLED -10V TO +10V

0V TO 10V-5V TO +5V0V TO +5V+1V TO +5V-20 mA TO +20 mA0 mA TO +20 mA+4 mA TO +20 mA

Channel2-Channel4 see Channel1OutputChannel1 HOLD LAST VALUE NOT INSTALLED

USER DEFINEDValue 0 0-4095 only enabled if Channel =

USER DEFINEDChannel2 see Channel1


170 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control ExpertDiscrete IN Modules35010516 12/2018

Discrete IN Modules

Part VDiscrete IN Modules

IntroductionThe following part provides information on the Quantum Discrete IN modules.


Chapter Chapter Name Page13 General Information 17314 140 DDI 153 10: 5 VDC 4x8 Source IN Module 17515 140 DDI 353 00: 24 VDC 4x8 Sink IN Module 18316 140 DDI 353 10: 24 VDC 4x8 Source IN Module 19117 140 DDI 364 00: 24 VDC 6x16 Telefast IN Module 19918 140 DDI 673 00: 125 VDC 3x8 Sink IN Module 20719 140 DDI 841 00: 10 ... 60 VDC 8x2 Sink IN Module 21720 140 DDI 853 00: 10 ... 60 VDC 4x8 Sink IN Module 22521 140 DAI 340 00: 24 VAC 16x1 IN Module 23322 140 DAI 353 00: 24 VAC 4x8 IN Module 24123 140 DAI 440 00: 48 VAC 16x1 IN Module 24924 140 DAI 453 00: 48 VAC 4x8 IN Module 25725 140 DAI 540 00: 115 VAC 16x1 IN Module 26526 140 DAI 543 00: 115 VAC 2x8 IN Module 27327 140 DAI 553 00: 115 VAC 4x8 IN Module 28128 140 DAI 740 00: 230 VAC 16x1 IN Module 28929 140 DAI 753 00: 230 VAC 4x8 IN Module 29730 140 DSI 353 00: 24 VDC 2x16 Supervised IN Module 305

35010516 12/2018 171

Discrete IN Modules

172 35010516 12/2018


General Information

Chapter 13General Information

Discrete I/O Logic Circuits

Discrete I/O True High FigureThe following is the true high/current sink input/current source output schematic.

Discrete I/O True Low FigureThe following is the true low/current source input/current sink output schematic.

35010516 12/2018 173

General Information

Current SinkingThis describes a physical implementation of the I/O hardware, which when in the true state, sinks current from the external load.

Current SourcingThis describes a physical implementation of the I/O hardware, which when in the true state, sources current to the external load.

174 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 DDI 153 1035010516 12/2018

140 DDI 153 10: 5 VDC 4x8 Source IN Module

Chapter 14140 DDI 153 10: 5 VDC 4x8 Source IN Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DDI 153 10 module.


Topic PagePresentation 176Indicators 177Wiring Diagram 178Specifications 180Parameter Configuration 182

35010516 12/2018 175

140 DDI 153 10

Presentation

FunctionThe DC Input 5 V 4x8 Source module accepts 5 VDC inputs. It is for use with shared input common wired to 0 V and is compatible with TTL, -LS, -S, and CMOS logic.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DDI 153 10 module and its components.



176 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 153 10

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DDI 153 10 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DDI 153 10 modul.

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.1 ... 32 Green The indicated point or channel is turned ON.

35010516 12/2018 177

140 DDI 153 10

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DDI 153 10 wiring diagram.

NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.

178 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 153 10

NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



35010516 12/2018 179

140 DDI 153 10

Specifications


IsolationIsolation

Input RatingInput Rating

Absolute Maximum InputsAbsolute Maximum Inputs

Module Type 32 IN (4 groups x 8 points)Logic True LowExternal Power (Us) 4.5 ... 5.5 VDCBus Current required (Module) 170 mAPower Dissipation 5 WI/O map 2 input wordsFault Detection None

Group to Group 500 VAC rms for 1 minuteGroup to Bus 1780 VAC rms for 1 minute

ON Level voltage 0.8 VDC maximumON Level current 4.0 mA @ Us = 5.5 V and Uin = 0 VOFF Level voltage 4 VDC (min) @ Us = 5.5 V

3 VDC (min) @ Us = 4.5 VOFF Leakage 200 μA @ Us = 5.5 V and Uin = 4 VDCInternal Pullup Resistor 7.5 kohmInput Protection Resistor limited

Continuous 5.5 VDC1.3 ms 15 VDC decaying pulse

180 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 153 10

ResponseResponse

FusesFuses

Logic States TableThe following tables shows the logic states for the DDI 153 10 module.

OFF - ON 250 μs (max)ON - OFF 500 μs (max)


Input Voltage Input State LED≤ 0.8 VDC ON ON≥ 4.0 VDC @ 5.5 Us ≥ 3.0 VDC @ 4.5 Us

OFF OFF

No Connection OFF OFF

35010516 12/2018 181

140 DDI 153 10



I/O MappingMore information on the I/O mapping is provided in the general information on Quantum addressing modes (see page 42).

Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping BIT (%I-1x) WORD (%IW-3X)Inputs Starting Address

1 1


32 2

Input Type BINARY BCDTask(Grayed if module in other than local)



182 35010516 12/2018


140 DDI 353 00: 24 VDC 4x8 Sink IN Module

Chapter 15140 DDI 353 00: 24 VDC 4x8 Sink IN Module




35010516 12/2018 183

140 DDI 353 00

Presentation

FunctionThe DC Input 24 VDC 4x8 Sink module accepts 24 VDC inputs and is for use with shared input common wired to positive potential.




184 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 353 00

Indicators


DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DDI 353 00 module.


35010516 12/2018 185

140 DDI 353 00

Wiring Diagram


186 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 353 00

NOTE: N / C = Not ConnectedNOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



35010516 12/2018 187

140 DDI 353 00

Specifications


IsolationIsolation

FusesFuses


Module Type 32 IN (4 groups x 8 points)Logic True HighExternal Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 1.7 W + 0.36 W x the number of points ONBus Current Required 330 mAI/O map 2 input wordsFault Detection None



ON Level voltage +15 ... +30 VDCOFF Level voltage -3 ... +5 VDCON Level current 2.0 mA (min.)OFF Level current 0.5 mA (max.)Internal Resistance 2.5 kohmsInput Protection Resistor Limited

188 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 353 00


ResponseResponse

Continuous 30 VDC1.3 ms 56 VDC decaying pulse

OFF - ON 1 ms (max.)ON - OFF 1 ms (max.)

35010516 12/2018 189

140 DDI 353 00





1 1


32 2




190 35010516 12/2018


140 DDI 353 10: 24 VDC 4x8 Source IN Module

Chapter 16140 DDI 353 10: 24 VDC 4x8 Source IN Module




35010516 12/2018 191

140 DDI 353 10

Presentation

FunctionThe 24 VDC 4x8 Source Input module accepts 24 VDC inputs and is for use with shared input common wired to 0 V.




192 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 353 10

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 193

140 DDI 353 10

Wiring Diagram


194 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 353 10




35010516 12/2018 195

140 DDI 353 10

Specifications


IsolationIsolation



Module Type 32 IN (4 groups x 8 points)Logic True LowExternal Power 19.2 ... 30 VDCPower Dissipation 1.5 W + 0.26 W x the number of points ONBus Current required 330 mA max.I/O map 2 input wordsFault Detection None


ON Level voltage -15 ... -30 VDC (reference from group supply)OFF Level voltage 0 ... -5 VDC (reference from group supply)ON Level current 2.0 mA min; 14 mA maxOFF Level current 0.5 mA maxInternal Resistance 2.4 kohmInput Protection Resistor Limited

Continuous 30 VDC1.3 ms 50 VDC decaying pulse

196 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 353 10

ResponseResponse

FusesFuses

OFF - ON 1 ms (max)ON - OFF 1 ms (max)


35010516 12/2018 197

140 DDI 353 10





1 1


32 2




198 35010516 12/2018


140 DDI 364 00: 24 VDC 6x16 Telefast IN Module

Chapter 17140 DDI 364 00: 24 VDC 6x16 Telefast IN Module



Topic PagePresentation 200Indicators 202Color Codes 203Specifications 204Parameter Configuration 206

35010516 12/2018 199

140 DDI 364 00

Presentation

FunctionThe 140 DDI 364 00 sink module accepts 24 VDC inputs.

IllustrationThe front view of the 140 DDI 364 00 input module including terminal assignment numbers:

200 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 364 00

Recommended CablesThe following table shows recommended cables, description, and their length in meters.

Compatible Connection Sub-BasesThe following tables shows the compatible connections sub-bases.

Compatible Input Adapter Sub-Base16 Channels, ABE-7S16E2xx/7P16F3xx

Cable Part Number Description Length (M)TSXCDP301 (1) HE 10 - flying leads 3TSXCDP501 (1) HE 10 - flying leads 5TSXCDP102 (2) HE 10 - ribbon cable 1TSXCDP202 (2) HE 10 - ribbon cable 2TSXCDP302 (2) HE 10 - ribbon cable 3TSXCDP053 (2) HE 10 - round cable 0.5TSXCDP103 (2) HE 10 - round cable 1TSXCDP203 (2) HE 10 - round cable 2TSXCDP303 (2) HE 10 - round cable 3TSXCDP503 (2) HE 10 - round cable 5

Channels Type8 ABE-7H08Rxx1

8 ABE-7H08S211

16 ABE-7H16Rxx/H16Cxx16 ABE-7H16S2116 ABE-7H16R2316 ABE-7H16S431With the splitter sub-base ABE-7ACC02

35010516 12/2018 201

140 DDI 364 00

Indicators



PushbuttonUse the pushbutton to select input points to be displayed as per the following table:

LEDs Color Indication when ONAct Green Bus communication is present.+32 Green Points 33 to 64 displayed on LED matrix.+64 Green Points 65 to 96 displayed on LED matrix.

LED +32 +64Out 1 to 32 Off OffOut 33 to 64 On OffOut 65 to 96 Off On

202 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 364 00

Color Codes

Color Codes for Input groupsTable indicating cable color coding for all input groups:

1 white 2 brown3 green 4 yellow5 gray 6 pink7 blue 8 red9 black 10 purple11 gray/pink 12 red/blue13 white/green 14 brown/green15 white/yellow 16 yellow/brown17 white/gray 18 gray/brown19 white/pink 20 pink/brown

35010516 12/2018 203

140 DDI 364 00

Specifications


IsolationIsolation



ResponseResponse

Module Type 96 IN (6 groups x 16 points)Power Dissipation 1.35 W + 0.13 W x the number of points ONBus Current required 270 mA (max.)I/O map 6 input words

Group to Group 500 VAC rms for 1 minuteGroup to Bus -

ON Level voltage +15 VDCOFF Level voltage +5 VDCON Level current 2.5 mA (min.)OFF Level current 0.7 mA Internal Resistance 6.7 kohmInput Protection Resistor Limited

Continuous 30 VDC1.0 ms 50 VDC

OFF - ON 2.0 ms (max.)ON - OFF 3.0 ms (max.)

204 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 364 00

FusesFuses

Internal -External User installed per local and national electrical codes

35010516 12/2018 205

140 DDI 364 00





1 1


96 6




206 35010516 12/2018


140 DDI 673 00: 125 VDC 3x8 Sink IN Module

Chapter 18140 DDI 673 00: 125 VDC 3x8 Sink IN Module




35010516 12/2018 207

140 DDI 673 00

Presentation

FunctionThe DC Input 125 VDC 3x8 Sink module accepts 125 VDC inputs and is for use with shared input common wired to positive potential. The module has software-selectable response time to provide additional input filtering.




208 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 673 00

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 209

140 DDI 673 00

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the DDI 673 00 wiring diagram.

210 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 673 00




35010516 12/2018 211

140 DDI 673 00

Specifications


IsolationIsolation


ResponseResponse

Module Type 24 IN (3 groups x 8 points)Logic True HighExternal Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 1.0 W + 0.62 W x the number of points ON Bus Current required 200 mA (max.)I/O map 2 input wordsError Detection None


ON Level voltage +88 ... +150 VDCOFF Level voltage 0 ... +36 VDCON Level current 2.0 mA (min.)OFF Level current 0.5 mA (max.) Internal Resistance OFF State: 73.8 kohms (nominal)

ON State: 31.6 kohms (nominal)Input Protection Resistor LimitedAbsolute Voltage (max.) Continuous : 156 VDC including ripple

OFF - ON 0.7 ms (Default filter) 1.5 ms (Non default filter)

ON - OFF 0.7 ms (Default filter) 1.5 ms (Non default filter)

212 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 673 00

FusesFuses

Operating Curve FigureThe following figure shows the 140 DDI 673 00 operating curve.

NOTE: The following information baselines minimum version levels that will support this module.

Minimum Version LevelsThe following table shows the minimum version level for the module products.


Products Minimum Version Level (see label illustration below

User Action Required

CPUs and NOMs < V02.20 Executive upgrade to > V02.10≥ V02.20 None

RIOs < V02.00 Module upgrade≥ V02.00 and < V02.20 Executive upgrade to > V02.10> V02.20 None

DIOs < V02.10 Module upgrade≥ V02.10 None

35010516 12/2018 213

140 DDI 673 00

The procedure to update the version level on your module product is decribed in the OS Loader user manual

Version Label FigureThe following figure shows the version label.

NOTE: The version label is found on the top front of the module.

CAUTIONSOFTWARE INCOMPATIBILITY CAUSES INVALID INPUT READINGSEnsure that the minimum version levels are met as identified in the table above. When using a DIO drop, and the CPU and NOM executive software is not per the compatibility chart, channels 17 ... 24 of this module will be seen as zeroes in the controller when configured as discretes.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

214 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 673 00




Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping BIT (%I-1x) WORD (%IW-3X)Intputs Starting Address

1 1

Intputs Ending Address

24 2




FILTER_SELECTIONInput Type BINARY BCDGroup A 0.7 ms 1.5 ms Group B, Group C see Group A

35010516 12/2018 215

140 DDI 673 00

216 35010516 12/2018


140 DDI 841 00: 10 ... 60 VDC 8x2 Sink IN Module

Chapter 19140 DDI 841 00: 10 ... 60 VDC 8x2 Sink IN Module




35010516 12/2018 217

140 DDI 841 00

Presentation

FunctionThe DC Input 10 ... 60 VDC 8x2 Sink module accepts 10 ... 60 VDC inputs and is for use with shared input common wired to positive potential. ON-OFF levels are dependent on the reference voltage selected. Different reference voltages may be used for different groups.




218 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 841 00

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 219

140 DDI 841 00

Wiring Diagram


220 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 841 00

NOTE: N / C = Not ConnectedNOTE: The module reads 0V if the polarity is reversed i.e. digital input is off if zero volt is given in place of 24V input channel.NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



35010516 12/2018 221

140 DDI 841 00

Specifications


Group Supply / ToleranceGroup Supply / Tolerance

IsolationIsolation

FusesFuses

Module Type 16 IN (8 groups x 2 points)Logic True HighExternal Power 10 ... 60 VDC (group supply)Power Dissipation 1.0 W + 0.25 W x the number of points ON Bus Current required 200 mAI/O map 1 input word

Group supply / Tolerance ON* State OFF* State12 VDC / +/-5% 9 ... 12 VDC 0 ... 1.8 VDC IEC 57 Class224 VDC / -15% ... +20% 11 ... 24 VDC 0 ... 5 VDC IEC 65A Type 248 VDC / -15% ... +20% 34 ... 48 VDC 0 ... 10 VDC IEC 65A Type 160 VDC / -15% ... +20% 45 ... 60 VDC 0 ... 9 VDC IEC 57 Class1

*ON / OFF state ranges are specified at nominal reference voltages.

Group to Group 700 VDC for 1 minuteGroup to Bus 2500 VDC for 1 minute


222 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 841 00


ON State CurrentON State Current

Response / Switching FrequencyResponse / Switching Frequency

Absolute Maximum Input 75 VDCInput Protection Resistor Limited

@ 12 VDC 5 ... 10 mA@ 24 VDC 6 ... 30 mA@ 48 VDC 2 ... 15 mA@ 60 VDC 1 ... 5 mA

OFF - ON 4 msON - OFF 4 msSwitching Frequency < 100 Hz

35010516 12/2018 223

140 DDI 841 00





1 1


16 1




224 35010516 12/2018


140 DDI 853 00: 10 ... 60 VDC 4x8 Sink IN Module

Chapter 20140 DDI 853 00: 10 ... 60 VDC 4x8 Sink IN Module




35010516 12/2018 225

140 DDI 853 00

Presentation

FunctionThe DC Input 10 ... 60 VDC 4x8 Sink module accepts 10 ... 60 VDC inputs and is for use with shared input common wired to positive potential. ON-OFF levels are dependent on the reference voltage selected. Different reference voltages may be used for different groups.




226 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 853 00

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 227

140 DDI 853 00

Wiring Diagram


228 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 853 00




35010516 12/2018 229

140 DDI 853 00

Specifications


Group supply / ToleranceGroup supply / Tolerance

IsolationIsolation


Module Type 32 IN (4 groups x 8 points)Logic True HighExternal Power 10 ... 60 VDC (group supply)Power Dissipation 1.0 W + 0.25 W x the number of points ONBus Current required 300 mAI/O map 2 input wordsFault Detection None

Group supply / Tolerance ON* State OFF* State12 VDC / +/-5% 9 ... 12 VDC 0 ... 1.8 VDC24 VDC / -15% ... +20% 11 ... 24 VDC 0 ... 5 VDC IEC6113148 VDC / -15% ... +20% 34 ... 48 VDC 0 ... 10 VDC IEC6113160 VDC / -15% ... +20% 45 ... 60 VDC 0 ... 12.5 VDC

*ON / OFF state ranges are specified at nominal reference voltages.

Group to Group 700 VDC for 1 minuteGroup to Bus 2500 VDC for 1 minute

Absolute Maximum Input 75 VDCInput Protection Resistor Limited

230 35010516 12/2018

140 DDI 853 00

ON State CurrentON State Current

Response / Switching FrequencyResponse / Switching Frequency

FusesFuses

@ 12 VDC 5 ... 10 mA@ 24 VDC 6 ... 30 mA@ 48 VDC 2 ... 15 mA@ 60 VDC 1 ... 5 mA

OFF - ON 4 msON - OFF 4 msSwitching Frequency < 100 Hz max.


35010516 12/2018 231

140 DDI 853 00





1 1


32 2




232 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 DAI 340 0035010516 12/2018

140 DAI 340 00: 24 VAC 16x1 IN Module

Chapter 21140 DAI 340 00: 24 VAC 16x1 IN Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DAI 340 00 module.



35010516 12/2018 233

140 DAI 340 00

Presentation

FunctionThe AC Input 24 VAC 16x1 module accepts 24 VAC inputs.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DAI 340 00 module and its components.



234 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 340 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DAI 340 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DAI 340 00 module.


35010516 12/2018 235

140 DAI 340 00

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DAI 340 00 wiring diagram.

236 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 340 00

NOTE: This module is not polarity sensitive.N / C = Not Connected.NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



35010516 12/2018 237

140 DAI 340 00

Specifications


Operating Voltage and Input Current*Operating Voltage and Input Current*

Typical Input ImpedanceTypical Imput Impedance

IsolationIsolation

Module Type 16 IN (16 groups x 1 point) individually isolatedExternal Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 5.5 W (max.)Bus Current required 180 mAI/O map 1 input wordFault Detection None

47 - 53 Hz ON: 18 ... 30 VAC (10.7 mA max.)OFF: 0 ... 5 VAC

57 - 63 Hz ON: 16 ... 30 VAC (12 mA max.) OFF: 0 ... 6 VAC* Do not use outside the 47 ... 63 Hz range

Maximum Allowable Leakage Current from an External Device to be recognized as an OFF Condition.

1.9 mA

50 Hz 3.1 kohms capacitive60 Hz 2.6 kohms

Input to Input 1780 VAC for 1 minuteInput to Bus 1780 VAC for 1 minute

238 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 340 00

Absolute Maximum InputAbsolute Maximum Input

ResponseResponse

FusesFuses

Continuous 30 VAC10 s 32 VAC1 Cycle 50 VAC

OFF - ON Min: 4.9 ms. Max: 0.75 line cycle.ON - OFF Min: 7.3 ms. Max: 12.3 ms.


35010516 12/2018 239

140 DAI 340 00





1 1


16 1




240 35010516 12/2018







35010516 12/2018 241

140 DAI 353 00

Presentation





242 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 353 00

Indicators



LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red A fault (external to the module) has been detected.1 ... 32 Green The indicated point or channel is turned ON.

35010516 12/2018 243

140 DAI 353 00

Wiring Diagram


244 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 353 00




35010516 12/2018 245

140 DAI 353 00

Specifications




IsolationIsolation

Module Type 32 IN (4 groups x 8 points)External Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 10.9 W (max.)Bus Current required 250 mAI/O map 2 input wordsFault Detection None

50 Hz ON: 14 ... 30 VAC (11.1 mA max)OFF: 0 ... 5 VAC

60 Hz ON: 12 ... 30 VAC (13.2 mA max) OFF: 0 ... 5 VAC* Do not use outside the 47 ... 63 Hz range


1.9 mA

50 Hz 3.1 kohms capacitive60 Hz 2.6 kohms capacitive

Group to Group 1780 VAC for 1 minuteInput to Bus 1780 VAC for 1 minute

246 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 353 00

FusesFuses


ResponseResponse

NOTE: Input signals must be sinusoidal with less than 6% THD and 63 Hz maximum frequency.




35010516 12/2018 247

140 DAI 353 00





1 1


32 2




248 35010516 12/2018







35010516 12/2018 249

140 DAI 440 00

Presentation





250 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 440 00

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 251

140 DAI 440 00

Wiring Diagram


252 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 440 00

NOTE: This module is not polarity sensitive.N / C = Not ConnectedNOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



35010516 12/2018 253

140 DAI 440 00

Specifications




IsolationIsolation

Module Type 16 individually isolatedExternal Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 5.5 W (max.)Bus Current required 180 mAI/O map 1 input wordFault Detection None

47 - 53 Hz ON: 36 ... 56 VAC (9.3 mA max)OFF: 0 ... 10 VAC

57 - 63 Hz ON: 34 ... 56 VAC (11 mA max) OFF: 0 ... 10 VAC* Do not use outside the 47 ... 63 Hz range


1.7 mA



254 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 440 00


ResponseResponse

FusesFuses





35010516 12/2018 255

140 DAI 440 00





1 1


16 1




256 35010516 12/2018







35010516 12/2018 257

140 DAI 453 00

Presentation





258 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 453 00

Indicators



LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red An error (external to the module) has been detected.1 ... 32 Green The indicated point or channel is turned ON.

35010516 12/2018 259

140 DAI 453 00

Wiring Diagram


260 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 453 00




35010516 12/2018 261

140 DAI 453 00

Specifications




IsolationIsolation

Module Type 32 IN (4 groups x 8 points)External Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 10.9 W (max.)Bus Current required 250 mAI/O map 2 input wordsFault Detection None




1.7 mA



262 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 453 00


ResponseResponse

FusesFuses





35010516 12/2018 263

140 DAI 453 00





1 1


32 2




264 35010516 12/2018







35010516 12/2018 265

140 DAI 540 00

Presentation





266 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 540 00

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 267

140 DAI 540 00

Wiring Diagram


1. N / C = Not Connected.2. This module is not polarity sensitive.3. When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG;

the minimum size is 20 AWG.

268 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 540 00


WARNINGUNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATIONEnsure that all inputs in a group are from the same phase of line input voltage.Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.



35010516 12/2018 269

140 DAI 540 00

Specifications




IsolationIsolation

Module Type 16 IN (16 groups x 1 point)External Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 5.5 W (max.)Bus Current required 180 mAI/O map 1 input wordFault Detection None




2.1 mA

50 Hz 14.4 kohms capacitive60 Hz 12 kohms capacitive


270 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 540 00


ResponseResponse

FusesFuses





35010516 12/2018 271

140 DAI 540 00





1 1


16 1


MAST FASTAUX1AUX2AUX3


272 35010516 12/2018







35010516 12/2018 273

140 DAI 543 00

Presentation





274 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 543 00

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 275

140 DAI 543 00

Wiring Diagram


276 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 543 00

NOTE: All inputs in a group must be from the same phase of line-input voltage. This module is not polarity sensitive.N / C = Not Connected.NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.


WARNINGUNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATIONEnsure that all inputs in a group are from the same phase of line input voltageFailure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.



35010516 12/2018 277

140 DAI 543 00

Specifications




IsolationIsolation

Module Type 16 IN (2 groups x 8 points)External Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 5.5 W (max)Bus Current required 180 mAI/O map 1 input wordFault Detection None




2.1 mA



278 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 543 00


ResponseResponse

FusesFuses


Continuous 132 VAC10 s 156 VAC1 Cycle 200 VAC1.3 ms 276 VAC



35010516 12/2018 279

140 DAI 543 00





1 1


16 1




280 35010516 12/2018







35010516 12/2018 281

140 DAI 553 00

Presentation





282 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 553 00

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 283

140 DAI 553 00

Wiring Diagram


1. N / C = Not Connected.2. This module is not polarity sensitive.3. When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG;


284 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 553 00





35010516 12/2018 285

140 DAI 553 00

Specifications




IsolationIsolation

Module Type 32 IN (4 groups x 8 points)External Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 10.9 W (max)Bus Current required 250 mAI/O map 2 input wordsFault Detection None




2.1 mA



286 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 553 00


ResponseResponse

FusesFuses





35010516 12/2018 287

140 DAI 553 00





1 1


32 2




288 35010516 12/2018







35010516 12/2018 289

140 DAI 740 00

Presentation





290 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 740 00

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 291

140 DAI 740 00

Wiring Diagram


292 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 740 00




35010516 12/2018 293

140 DAI 740 00

Specifications




IsolationIsolation

Module Type 16 IN (2 groups x 8 points) individually isolatedExternal Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 5.5 W (max)Bus Current required 180 mAI/O map 1 input wordFault Detection None




2.6 mA



294 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 740 00


ResponseResponse

FusesFuses





35010516 12/2018 295

140 DAI 740 00





1 1


16 1




296 35010516 12/2018







35010516 12/2018 297

140 DAI 753 00

Presentation





298 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 753 00

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 299

140 DAI 753 00

Wiring Diagram


1. N / C = Not Connected.2. When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG;


300 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 753 00





35010516 12/2018 301

140 DAI 753 00

Specifications




IsolationIsolation

Module Type 32 IN (4 groups x 8 points) individually isolatedExternal Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 9 W (max)Bus Current required 250 mAI/O map 2 input wordFault Detection None




2.6 mA

50 Hz 32 kohms capacitive60 Hz 27 kohms capacitive


302 35010516 12/2018

140 DAI 753 00


ResponseResponse

FusesFuses





35010516 12/2018 303

140 DAI 753 00





1 1


32 2




304 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 DSI 353 0035010516 12/2018

140 DSI 353 00: 24 VDC 2x16 Supervised IN Module

Chapter 30140 DSI 353 00: 24 VDC 2x16 Supervised IN Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DSI 353 00 module.



35010516 12/2018 305

140 DSI 353 00

Presentation

FunctionThe 140 DSI 353 00 module is used with source output devices. It accepts 24 VDC inputs. It has 32 input points (four groups of 8), and has broken wire detection for each unit.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DSI 353 00 module and its components.


NOTE: The field wiring terminal strip (Modicon #140 XTS 002 00) must be ordered separately. (The terminal strip includes the removable door and label.)NOTE: Do not use the 140 DSI 353 00 module in a DIO rack containing a 140 CRA 211 x0 module.

306 35010516 12/2018

140 DSI 353 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DSI 353 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DSI 353 00 module.


35010516 12/2018 307

140 DSI 353 00

Wiring Diagram

Wiring DiagramWiring diagram for the 140 DSI 353 00 Module:

* Recommended resistor value for 24V DC

308 35010516 12/2018

140 DSI 353 00




35010516 12/2018 309

140 DSI 353 00

Specifications


Operating Voltage and CurrentOperating Voltage and Current

ResponseResponse

IsolationIsolation

Open Circuit Monitoring Open Circuit Monitoring

Module Type 32 IN (2 groups x 16 points)External Power +20 ... +30 VDC / 20 mA each groupPower Dissipation 7 W (all points on)Bus Current required (Module) 250 mA

ON level current 2.5 mA (min.)OFF level voltage +5 VDCOFF level current min. 0.3 mA ... 1.2 mA

OFF - ON 2.2 msON - OFF 3.3 ms


Broken wire detection OFF Current < 0.15 mAShunt resistor 56 kohms recommended

310 35010516 12/2018

140 DSI 353 00

Fuses Fuses


35010516 12/2018 311

140 DSI 353 00

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires 64 contiguous, input references (%I) - 32 for input data and 32 for broken wire signal or 4 contiguous input words (%IW) 2 for input data and 2 for broken wire signal. The data word formats are as follows.Input Words (Data):

Input Words (Sense):

Topological AddressingTopological addresses in Bit Mapping format:

Point I/O Object CommentInput 1 %I[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 ValueInput 2 %I[\b.e\]r.m.2.1 Value

• • •Input 31 %I[\b.e\]r.m.31.1 ValueInput 32 %I[\b.e\]r.m.32.1 ValueBroken Wire 1 %I[\b.e\]r.m.1.2 ValueBroken Wire 2 %I[\b.e\]r.m..2.2 Value

• • •Broken Wire 31 %I[\b.e\]r.m.31.2 ValueBroken Wire 32 %I[\b.e\]r.m.32.2 Value

312 35010516 12/2018

140 DSI 353 00



I/O Map Status ByteThe eight bits in the I/O map status byte are used as follows:

Point I/O Object CommentInputword 1 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 ValueInputword 2 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.2 ValueInputword 3 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.3 Broken Wire FlagInputword 4 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.4 Broken Wire Flag

35010516 12/2018 313

140 DSI 353 00




1 1


64 4


Mast Fast fixed to Mast if module in other than local

314 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control ExpertDiscrete OUT Modules35010516 12/2018

Discrete OUT Modules

Part VIDiscrete OUT Modules

IntroductionThe following part provides information on the Quantum Discrete OUT modules.


Chapter Chapter Name Page31 General Information 31732 140 DDO 153 10: 5 VDC 4x8 Sink OUT Module 31933 140 DDO 353 00: 24 VDC 4x8 Source OUT Module 32934 140 DDO 353 01: 24 VDC 4x8 Source OUT Module 33935 140 DDO 353 10: 24 VDC 4x8 Sink OUT Module 34936 140 DDO 364 00: 24 VDC 6x16 Telefast OUT Module 35937 140 DDO 843 00: 10 ... 60 VDC 2x8 Source OUT Module 36938 140 DDO 885 00: 24 ... 125 VDC 2x6 Source OUT Module 37939 140 DAO 840 00: 24 ... 230 VAC 16x1 OUT Module 39140 140 DAO 840 10: 24 ... 115 VAC 16x1 OUT Module 40141 140 DAO 842 10: 100 ... 230 VAC 4x4 OUT Module 41142 140 DAO 842 20: 24 ... 48 VAC 4x4 OUT Module 42343 140 DAO 853 00: 230 VAC 4x8 Source OUT Module 43344 140 DRA 840 00: Relay 16x1 Normally Open OUT Module 44345 140 DRC 830 00: Relay 8x1 Normally Open / Normally Closed OUT Module 45146 140 DVO 853 00: 10 ... 30 VDC 32x1 Verified OUT Module 461

35010516 12/2018 315

Discrete OUT Modules

316 35010516 12/2018


General Information



Discrete I/O True High Figure The following figure shows true high/current sink input/current source output schematic.

Discrete I/O True Low FigureThe following figure shows true low/current source input/current sink output schematic.

35010516 12/2018 317

General Information



318 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 DDO 153 1035010516 12/2018

140 DDO 153 10: 5 VDC 4x8 Sink OUT Module

Chapter 32140 DDO 153 10: 5 VDC 4x8 Sink OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DDO 153 10 module.


Topic PagePresentation 320Indicators 321Wiring Diagram 322Specifications 324Maintenance 326140 DDO 153 10 Parameter Configuration 327

35010516 12/2018 319

140 DDO 153 10

Presentation

FunctionThe DC Output 5 V 4x8 Sink module switches 5 VDC loads. It is for use with shared output common wired to positive potential and is compatible with TTL, -LS, -S, and CMOS logic.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DDO 153 10 module and its components.



320 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 153 10

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DDO 153 10 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DDO 153 10 module.


35010516 12/2018 321

140 DDO 153 10

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DDO 153 10 wiring diagram.

322 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 153 10




35010516 12/2018 323

140 DDO 153 10

Specifications



Maximum Load Current / Surge CurrentMaximum Load Current / Surge Current

Isolation / ProtectionIsolation / Protection

Module Type 32 OUT (4 groups x 8 points)Logic True LowExternal Power (Us) 4.5 ... 5.5 VDC continuousAbsolute Voltage (Us) 15 VDC for 1.3 ms decaying pulsePower Dissipation 4 WSupply Current 400 mA + Load Current per PointBus Current required (Module) 350 mAI/O map 2 output wordFault Detection Output: Blown fuse detect, loss of field power.

ON level voltage 0.2 VDC (max.) @ 75 mA sinkingOFF level voltage Vout = Us - 1.25 V @ 1 mA source

Vout = 3.2 V (min.) @ 1 mA, Us = 4.5 VInternal Pullup Resistor 440 ohm

Each Point 75 mA (sinking)Each Group 600 mAPer Module 2.4 ASurge Current (max.) Each Point: 75 mA @ 500 ms duration (no more

than 6 per minute)

Group to Group 500 VAC rms for 1 minuteGroup to Bus 1780 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput Protection Transient Voltage Suppression (internal)

324 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 153 10

ResponseResponse

OFF - ON 250 μs (max) - (resistive load)ON - OFF 250 μs (max) - (resistive load)

35010516 12/2018 325

140 DDO 153 10

Maintenance

FusesFuses

IllustrationThe following figure shows the locations of the fuses for the 140 DDO 153 10 module.

Internal 1 A fuse for each group. For the location of the fuses see figure below.

External None

DANGERHAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASHBefore accessing the fuses, Remove the power to the module (sensors and pre-actuators), and disconnect the terminal block. Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device at all line and load fuse clips to confirm


326 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 153 10

140 DDO 153 10 Parameter Configuration

Parameter Configuration Window

Parameter and Default Values


Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping BIT (%M-0x) WORD (%MW-4X)Output Starting Address

1 1

Output Ending Address

32 2

Output Type BINARY BCDTask(Grayed if module in other than local)



Timeout State USERDEFINED Hold Last ValueValue 1, Value 2 0 0-65535 only if Timeout

State=USERDEFINED

35010516 12/2018 327

140 DDO 153 10

328 35010516 12/2018


140 DDO 353 00: 24 VDC 4x8 Source OUT Module

Chapter 33140 DDO 353 00: 24 VDC 4x8 Source OUT Module




35010516 12/2018 329

140 DDO 353 00

Presentation

FunctionThe DC Output 24 VDC 4x8 Source module switches 24 VDC powered loads and is for use with shared ouput common wired to 0 V.




330 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 353 00

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 331

140 DDO 353 00

Wiring Diagram


332 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 353 00


CAUTIONOVER CURRENT TO OUTPUTSProtect each point with a 3/4 A, 250 V fuse.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.



35010516 12/2018 333

140 DDO 353 00

Specifications


VoltageVoltage



Module Type 32 OUT (4 groups x 8 points)Logic True HighExternal Power 19.2 ... 30 VDCPower Dissipation 1.75 W + 0.4 V x Total module load Current Bus Current required (Module) 330 mAI/O map 2 output wordFault Detection Output: Blown fuse detect, loss of field power.

Operating Voltage (max.) 19.2 ... 30 VDCAbsolute Voltage (max.) 56 VDC for 1 ms decaying pulseON State Drop / Point 0.4 VDC @ 0.5 A

Each Point 0.5 AEach Group 4 APer Module 16 ASurge Current (max.) Each Point: 5 mA @ 500 ms duration (no more

than 6 per minute)OFF State Leakage / Point 0.4 mA @ 30 VDC

Group to Group 500 VAC rms for 1 minuteGroup to Bus 1780 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput Protection Transient Voltage Suppression (internal)

334 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 353 00

Response (Resistive Loads)Response (Resistive Loads)

Load Inductance / Capacitance (max.)Load Inductance / Capacitance (max.)


Load Inductance (max.) 0.5 Henry @ 4 Hz switch frequency, or:

Load Capacitance (max.) 50 μF

35010516 12/2018 335

140 DDO 353 00

Maintenance

FusesFuses

Internal 5 A fuse for each group. (Part # 043502405) or equivalent). For the location of the fuses see figure below.

External The internal fuse protects a group but not each output switch for all possible overload conditions. The user must protect each point with a 3/4 A, 250 V fuse.

CAUTIONOVER CURRENT TO OUTPUTSProtect each point with a 3/4 A, 250 V fuseFailure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

DANGERHAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASHBefore accessing the fuses, Remove the power to the module (pre-actuators), and disconnect the terminal block. Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device at all line and load fuse clips to confirm


336 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 353 00

IllustrationThe following figure shows the fuse locations for the 140 DDO 353 00 module.

35010516 12/2018 337

140 DDO 353 00






1 1


32 2




Timeout State USERDEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 1, Value 2 0 0-65535 only if Timeout

State=USERDEFINED

338 35010516 12/2018


140 DDO 353 01: 24 VDC 4x8 Source OUT Module

Chapter 34140 DDO 353 01: 24 VDC 4x8 Source OUT Module




35010516 12/2018 339

140 DDO 353 01

Presentation

FunctionThe 140 DDO 353 01 source module switches 24 VDC powered loads, and is short circuit and overload resistant.




340 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 353 01

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 341

140 DDO 353 01

Wiring Diagram


342 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 353 01






35010516 12/2018 343

140 DDO 353 01

Specifications


VoltageVoltage



Module Type 32 OUT (4 groups x 8 points)External Power 19.2 ... 30 VDCPower Dissipation 5 W (all points ON) Bus Current required (Module) 250 mA (max.)I/O map 2 output wordFault Detection Group indication: loss of field power.

Operating Voltage (max.) 19.2 ... 30 VDCON State Drop / Point 0.5 VDC @ 0.5 A

Each Point 0.5 AEach Group 4 APer Module 16 ASurge Current (max.) 2 A each point (internally limited)OFF State Leakage / Point < 0.1 mA @ 24 VDC

Group to Group 500 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput to Bus 500 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput Protection (internal) Thermal overload and short circuit.

344 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 353 01



OFF - ON < 0.1 msON - OFF < 0.1 ms



35010516 12/2018 345

140 DDO 353 01

Maintenance

FusesFuses


Internal 5 A fuse for each group. (Part # 043502405) or equivalent). For the location of the fuses see figure below.

External User installed per local and national electrical codes



346 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 353 01






1 1


32 2




Timeout State USERDEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 1, Value 2 0 0-65535 only if Timeout

State=USERDEFINED

35010516 12/2018 347

140 DDO 353 01

348 35010516 12/2018


140 DDO 353 10: 24 VDC 4x8 Sink OUT Module

Chapter 35140 DDO 353 10: 24 VDC 4x8 Sink OUT Module




35010516 12/2018 349

140 DDO 353 10

Presentation

FunctionThe 24 VDC Sink 4x8 Output module switches 24 VDC loads capable of driving displays, logic, and other loads up to 500 mA with shared output common wired to positive potential, in the ON state.




350 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 353 10

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 351

140 DDO 353 10

Wiring Diagram


352 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 353 10


CAUTIONOVER CURRENT TO OUTPUTSProtect each point with a 3/4 A, 250 V fuse.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.



35010516 12/2018 353

140 DDO 353 10

Specifications


VoltageVoltage



Module Type 32 OUT (4 groups x 8 points)Logic True LowExternal Power 19.2 ... 30 VDCPower Dissipation 2.0 W + (0.4 V x Total load Current)Bus Current required (Module) 330 mA (max.)I/O map 2 output wordFault Detection Blown fuse detect, loss of field power.

Operating Voltage (max.) 19.2 ... 30 VDC1.0 ms 50 VDC decaying pulseON State Drop / Point 0.4 VDC @ 0.5 A

Each Point 0.5 AEach Group 4 APer Module 16 ASurge Current (max.) 5 A @ 1 ms duration (no more than 6 per miute)OFF State Leakage / Point 0.4 mA @ 30 VDC

Group to Group 500 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput to Bus 1780 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput Protection (internal) Transient voltage suppression: 36 V

354 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 353 10





Load Capacitance (max.) 50 μFTungsten Load (max.) 12 W @ 24 V

35010516 12/2018 355

140 DDO 353 10

Maintenance

FusesFuses

Internal 5 A fuse for each group. For the location of the fuses see figure below.External The internal fuse protects a group but not each output switch for all possible overload

conditions. The user must protect each point with a 3/4 A, 250 V fuse.

CAUTIONDAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTSProtect each point with a 3/4 A, 250 V fuseFailure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.



356 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 353 10

Fuses Location FigureThe following figure shows the locations of the fuses for the 140 DDO 353 10 module.

35010516 12/2018 357

140 DDO 353 10






1 1


32 2



fixed to Mast if module in other than local

Timeout State USERDEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 1, Value 2 0 0-65535 only enabled if Timeout

State=Userdefined

358 35010516 12/2018


140 DDO 364 00: 24 VDC 6x16 Telefast OUT Module

Chapter 36140 DDO 364 00: 24 VDC 6x16 Telefast OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DDO 364 00 Module.


Topic PagePresentation 360Indicators 362140 DDO 364 00 Cable Color Codes 363Specifications 364140 DDO 364 00 Parameter Configuration 366

35010516 12/2018 359

140 DDO 364 00

Presentation

FunctionThe 140 DDO 364 00 module switches 24 VDC powered loads. Outputs are thermally protected.

IllustrationThe front view of the 140 DDO 364 00 output module

360 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 364 00

Recommended CablesThe following table shows recommended cables, description, and their length in meters.

Compatible Output Adapter Sub-BasesThe following tables shows the compatible output adapter sub-bases..

Cable Part Number Description Length (M)TSXCDP301 (1) HE 10 - flying leads 3TSXCDP501 (1) HE 10 - flying leads 5TSXCDP053 (2) HE 10 - round cable 0.5TSXCDP103 (2) HE 10 - round cable 1TSXCDP203 (2) HE 10 - round cable 2TSXCDP303 (2) HE 10 - round cable 3TSXCDP503 (2) HE 10 - round cable 5

Channels Type8 ABE-7S08S2xx1

8 ABE-7R08Sxxx/7P08T3301

16 ABE-7R16Sxxx16 ABE-7R16Txxx/7P16Txxx1With the splitter sub-base ABE-7ACC02

35010516 12/2018 361

140 DDO 364 00

Indicators



PushbuttonUse the pushbutton to select output points to be displayed as per the following table:

LEDs Color Indication when ONAct Green Bus communication is present.F Red Group power missing, short circuit or overload.+32 Green Points 33 to 64 displayed on LED matrix.+64 Green Points 65 to 96 displayed on LED matrix.

LED +32 +64Out 1 to 32 Off OffOut 33 to 64 On OffOut 65 to 96 Off On

362 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 364 00

140 DDO 364 00 Cable Color Codes

Cable Color Codes for all Groups

1. White 2. Brown3. Green 4. Yellow5. Gray 6. Pink7. Blue 8. Red9. Black 10. Purple11. Gray/pink 12 Red/blue13. White/green 14. Brown/green15. White/yellow 16. Yellow/brown17. White/gray 18. Gray/brown19. White/pink 20. Pink/brown

35010516 12/2018 363

140 DDO 364 00

Specifications


VoltageVoltage




Module Type 96 OUT (6 groups x 16 points)External Power 19.2 ... 30 VDC 19.2 A max. (determined by load)Power Dissipation 7.0 WBus Current required (Module) 250 mA (max.)I/O map 6 output wordFault Detection Group indication about loss of field power, short

circuit or overload.

Operating Voltage (max.) 19.2 ... 30 VDCON State Drop / Point 0.5 VDC @ 0.5 A

Each Point 0.5 AEach Group 3.2 APer Module 19.2 ASurge Current (max.) 2 A each point (internally limited)OFF State Leakage / Point < 1 mA @ 24 VDC

Output to Bus 500 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput Protection (internal) Thermal overload and short circuit

OFF - ON < 1 msON - OFF < 1 ms

364 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 364 00


FusesFuses



Internal -External User installed per local and national electrical codes

35010516 12/2018 365

140 DDO 364 00




Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping Discrete WORD (%MW-4X)Outputs Starting Address

1 1


96 6

Output Type BINARY –Task(Grayed if module in other than local)



Timeout State USER DEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 1, Value 2,... 0 0-65535 only enabled if Timeout

State=USER DEFINED

366 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 364 00


35010516 12/2018 367

140 DDO 364 00

368 35010516 12/2018


140 DDO 843 00: 10 ... 60 VDC 2x8 Source OUT Module

Chapter 37140 DDO 843 00: 10 ... 60 VDC 2x8 Source OUT Module




35010516 12/2018 369

140 DDO 843 00

Presentation

FunctionThe DC Output 10 ... 60 VDC 2x8 Source module switches 10 ... 60 VDC powered loads and is for use with shared ouput common wired to 0 V. External power supplies may be mixed between groups.




370 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 843 00

Indicators




35010516 12/2018 371

140 DDO 843 00

Wiring Diagram


372 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 843 00

NOTE: N / C = Not ConnectedNOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.


CAUTIONOVER CURRENT TO OUTPUTSProtect each point with a 2 A, 250V, fast-acting fuse.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.



35010516 12/2018 373

140 DDO 843 00

Specifications


VoltageVoltage



Module Type 16 OUT (2 groups x 8 points)Logic True HighExternal Power 10 ... 60 VDCPower Dissipation 1.0 W + 1 V x Total module load CurrentBus Current required (Module) 160 mA (max.)I/O map 1 output word

Operating Voltage (max.) 10.2 ... 72 VDCAbsolute Maximum Voltage 72 VDC (continuous)ON State Drop / Point 1 VDC @ 2 A

Each Point 2 AEach Group 6 APer Module 12 ASurge Current (max.) 7.5 A @ 50 ms duration (no more than 20 per minute)

each pointOFF State Leakage / Point 1 mA @ 60 VDC

Group to Group 700 VDC for 1 minuteGroup to Bus 2500 VDC for 1 minuteOutput Protection (internal) Over voltage (suppression diode)

374 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 843 00


OFF - ON 1 msON - OFF 1 ms

35010516 12/2018 375

140 DDO 843 00

Maintenance

FusesFuses

Internal 8A fuse time-lag for each group.External The internal fuse protects a group but not each output switch for all possible

overload conditions. The user must protect each point with a 2 A, 250V, fast-acting fuse

CAUTIONDAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTSProtect each point with a 2 A, 250V, fast-acting fuseFailure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.



376 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 843 00

IllustrationThe following figure shows fuse locations for the 140 DDO 843 00 module.

35010516 12/2018 377

140 DDO 843 00





Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping BIT (%M-0x) WORD (%MW-4X)Outputs Starting Address

1 1


16 1




Output Type BINARY BCDTimeout State USER DEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 0 0-65535 only enabled if Timeout

State=USER DEFINED

378 35010516 12/2018


140 DDO 885 00: 24 ... 125 VDC 2x6 Source OUT Module

Chapter 38140 DDO 885 00: 24 ... 125 VDC 2x6 Source OUT Module




35010516 12/2018 379

140 DDO 885 00

Presentation

FunctionThe DC Output 24 ... 125 VDC 2x6 Source module switches 24 ... 125 VDC powered loads and is for use with shared ouput common wired to 0 V.




380 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 885 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DDO 885 00 module with status indication.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DDO 885 00 module

NOTE: To clear an error indication, the point must be commanded OFF in user logic.

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red An over current condition on any point has been

detected.1 ... 12 Green The indicated point or channel is turned ON.1 ... 12 Red The indicated output point has an over current

condition.

35010516 12/2018 381

140 DDO 885 00

Wiring Diagram


382 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 885 00

NOTE: N / C = Not Connected.NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.

CAUTIONDAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTSThis module is not protected against reverse polarity. Follow these precautions to avoid equipment damage: Do not reverse the polarity of the field power supply. To help protect the module against polarity miswiring, add an external diode in series with

each group supply line. This diode must be able to support the group load current.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.



35010516 12/2018 383

140 DDO 885 00

Specifications


VoltageVoltage


Module Type 12 OUT (2 groups x 6 points)External Power NonePower Dissipation 1.0 W + 0.77 W x points ONBus Current required 6 points ON: 375 mA

12 points ON: 650 mAI/O map 1 input word

1 output wordFault Detection Over Current (see note below)

Operating Voltage (max.) 19.2 ... 156.2 VDC including rippleON State Drop / Point 0.75 VDC @ 0.5 A

Each Point 0.75 A < 40 degrees C (see the operating curve)Each Group 3 A, 0 ... 60 degrees CPer Module 6 A, 0 ... 60 degrees CSurge Current (max.) 4 A @1 ms duration (no more than 6 per minute)Peak Load Current 4 A for T ≤ 1 msOFF State Leakage / Point 0.5 mA @ 150 VDC

384 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 885 00

NOTE: Each group: 3 A, 0 ... 60 degrees C. Per module: 6 A, 0 ... 60 degrees C

Maximum TungstenMaximum Tungsten

Inductance and Switching FrequencyInductance and Switching Frequency


@ 130 VDC 46 W per point@ 115 VDC 41 W per point@ 24 VDC 8 W per point

Inductance Internal Diode protected, no limit on InductanceSwitching Frequency 50 Hz (max.)

Field to Bus 2500 VAC rms for 1 minuteGroup to Group 1200 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput Protection (internal) Group varistor and individual point over Current

sense

35010516 12/2018 385

140 DDO 885 00


NOTE: Each output point is protected by an over current sense circuit. When an over current condition is detected, the point is turned OFF, its LED fault indicator is turned ON, and the appropriate bit is set in the module fault register.The output point will be turned OFF after a short is detected. A fault greater than 9.4 A will guarantee that the point will be turned OFF and will latch the output point in the OFF state. To clear a fault, the point must be commanded OFF in user logic.

OFF - ON 1 msON - OFF 1 ms

386 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 885 00

Maintenance

FusesFuses

Internal 4 A for 3 outputs, 250 V (See figure below for the location of the fuses.)External Required to protect each output.

CAUTIONDAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTSProtect each output with a 1 A, 250 V fuse.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

DANGERHAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASHBefore accessing the fuses: remove the power to the module (pre-actuators). disconnect the terminal block Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device at all line and load fuse clips to confirm

that the power is offFailure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

35010516 12/2018 387

140 DDO 885 00


388 35010516 12/2018

140 DDO 885 00




Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping BIT (%I-1X%M-0X) WORD (%IW-

3X%MW-4X)Inputs Starting Address

1 1


16 1


1 1


16 1




35010516 12/2018 389

140 DDO 885 00


Input Type BINARY BCDOutput Type BINARY BCDTimeout State USER DEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 0 0-65535 only enabled if Timeout

State=USER DEFINED


390 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 DAO 840 0035010516 12/2018

140 DAO 840 00: 24 ... 230 VAC 16x1 OUT Module

Chapter 39140 DAO 840 00: 24 ... 230 VAC 16x1 OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DAO 840 00 module.


Topic PagePresentation 392Indicators 393Wiring Diagram 394Specifications 397140 DAO 840 00 Parameter Configuration 400

35010516 12/2018 391

140 DAO 840 00

Presentation

FunctionThe AC Output 24 ... 230 VAC 16x1 module switches 24 ... 230 VAC powered loads.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DAO 840 00 module and its components.



392 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 840 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DAO 840 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DAO 840 00 module.

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red An error (external to the module) has been detected.1 ... 16 Green The indicated point or channel is turned ON.1 ... 16 Red There is an error on the indicated point or channel.

35010516 12/2018 393

140 DAO 840 00

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DAO 840 00 wiring diagram.

1. This module is not polarity sensitive. 2. N / C = Not Connected. 3. Voltages up to 133V may be different phases on adjacent output points. 4. Voltages over 133V of different phases must have an output point separation between them. For example:

Output 1 and 2 - Phase A, Skip Output 3, Output 4 - Phase B.5. When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG;


394 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 840 00






CAUTIONEQUIPMENT DAMAGEProtect each output point with an external fuse. Schneider Electric recommends a 5 A fuse with an I2T rating of less than 87.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

CAUTIONDAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTS Ensure that the AC power energizing each group is from a common, single-phase AC power

source. Protect the module output when an external switch is used to control an inductive load in

parallel with the module output. Use an external varistor (Harris V390ZA05 or equivalent) in parallel with the switch.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35010516 12/2018 395

140 DAO 840 00

NOTE: The output protection is composed of an RC filter (snubber filter) and a varistor: The snubber filter is optional. The values of R and C are not provided as they depend on the

device used. Choose the varistor with appropriate electronic characteristics depending on the voltage

required by the device used.

396 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 840 00

Specifications



VoltageVoltage

Maximum Load CurrentMaximum Load Current

Module Type 16 OUT isolatedExternal Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 1.85 W + 1.1 V x Total module load CurrentsBus Current required (Module) 350 mAI/O map 1 output words

10 s 300 VAC1 Cycle 400 VAC

Operating Voltage (max.) 20 ... 253 VACON State Drop / Point 1.5 VAC

Each Point 24 to 115 VAC, 4 Amps per output200 to 230 VAC, 3 Amps per output

Any four contiguous Points 4.0 A max. continuous for the sum of the four points.

Per Module 16 A continuous (see chart below)

35010516 12/2018 397

140 DAO 840 00

The following figure shows the 140 DAO 840 00 operating curve.

Frequency and Minimum Load CurrentFrequency and Minimum Load Current

OFF State Leakage / Point (max.)OFF State Leakage / Point (max.)

Surge Current (max. rms)Surge Current (max. rms)

Frequency 47 ... 63 HzMinimum Load Current 5 mA

OFF State Leakage / Point (max.) 2.5 mA @ 230 VAC2 mA @ 115 VAC1 mA @ 48 VAC1 mA @ 24 VAC

One Cycle 30 A per pointTwo Cycles 20 A per pointThree Cycles 10 A per pointApplied DV/DT 400 V / μs

398 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 840 00


ResponseResponse

FusesFuses

Output to Output 1500 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput to Bus 1780 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput Protection (internal) RC snubber suppression

OFF - ON 0.5 of one line cycle max.ON - OFF 0.5 of one line cycle max.

Internal NoneExternal Protect each output with an external 5 amp fuse with

an I2T rating of less than 87.

CAUTIONOVER CURRENT TO OUTPUTSProtect each point with a 5 A, 250 V fuseFailure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35010516 12/2018 399

140 DAO 840 00

140 DAO 840 00 Parameter Configuration





1 1


16 1




Timeout State USERDEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 0 0-65535 only enabled if Timeout

State=USERDEFINED

400 35010516 12/2018




About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information of the Quantum 140 DAO 840 10 module.


Topic PagePresentation 402Indicators 403Wiring Diagram 404Specifications 407140 DAO 840 10 Parameter Configuration 410

35010516 12/2018 401

140 DAO 840 10

Presentation





402 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 840 10

Indicators



LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red An error (external to the module) has been detected.1 ... 16 Green The indicated point or channel is turned ON.1 ... 16 Red There is an error on the indicated point or channel.

35010516 12/2018 403

140 DAO 840 10

Wiring Diagram


1. This module is not polarity sensitive. 2. N / C = Not Connected. 3. When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG;


404 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 840 10






CAUTIONDAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTSProtect each output with an external 5 A fuse with an I2T rating of less than 87.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.





35010516 12/2018 405

140 DAO 840 10




406 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 840 10

Specifications



VoltageVoltage


Module Type 16 OUT isolatedExternal Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 1.85 W + 1.1 V x Total module load CurrentsBus Current required (Module) 350 mAI/O map 1 output word



Each Point 4.0 A continuous, 20 ... 132 VAC rmsAny four contiguous Points 4.0 A max. continuous for the sum of the four

points.Per Module 16 A continuous (see the chart below)

35010516 12/2018 407

140 DAO 840 10

The following figure shows the 140 DAO 840 10 operating curve.

Frequency and Minimum Load Current




OFF State Leakage / Point (max.) 2.5 mA @ 230 VAC2 mA @ 115 VAC1 mA @ 48 VAC1 mA @ 24 VAC

One Cycle 30 A per pointTwo Cycles 20 A per pointThree Cycles 10 A per pointApplied dV/dT 400 V / μs

408 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 840 10


ResponseResponse

FusesFuses

Output to Output 1500 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput to Bus 1780 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput Protection (internal) RC snubber suppression


Internal NoneExternal Protect each output with an external 5 A fuse with

an I2T rating of less than 87.

CAUTIONOVER CURRENT TO OUTPUTSProtect each point with an external 5 A, 250 V fuse with an I2T rating of less than 87..Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35010516 12/2018 409

140 DAO 840 10






1 1


16 1




Output Type BINARY BCDTimeout State USER DEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 0 0-65535 only enabled if

Timeout State=USER DEFINED

410 35010516 12/2018






Topic PagePresentation 412Indicators 413Wiring Diagram 414Specifications 416Maintenance 419140 DAO 842 10 Parameter Configuration 421

35010516 12/2018 411

140 DAO 842 10

Presentation





412 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 842 10

Indicators



LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red A fault (external to the module) has been detected.1 ... 16 Green The indicated point or channel is turned ON.1 ... 45 ... 89 ... 1213 ... 16

Red The indicated group has a blown fuse or no field power.

35010516 12/2018 413

140 DAO 842 10

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the wiring diagram for the 140 DAO 842 10 module.

1. N / C = Not Connected2. This module is not polarity sensitive.3. When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG;


414 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 842 10







CAUTIONMODULE OUTPUT DAMAGE Ensure that the AC power energizing each group is from a common, single-phase AC power




35010516 12/2018 415

140 DAO 842 10

Specifications



VoltageVoltage


Module Type 16 OUT (4 groups x 4 points)External Power 85 ... 253 VACPower Dissipation 1.85 W + 1.1 V x Total module load CurrentsBus Current required (Module) 350 mAI/O map 1 output wordsFault Detection Blown fuse detect, loss of field power



Each Point 4.0 A continuous, 85 ... 132 VAC rms3.0 A continuous, 170 ... 253 VAC rms

Each Group 4.0 A continuousPer Module 16 A continuous (see the chart below)

416 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 842 10

The following figure shows the 140 DAO 842 10 Operating Curve.




OFF State Leakage / Point (max.) 2.5 mA @ 230 VAC2 mA @ 115 VAC

35010516 12/2018 417

140 DAO 842 10



ResponseResponse

One Cycle 30 A per point, 45 A per groupTwo Cycles 20 A per point, 30 A per groupThree Cycles 10 A per point, 25 A per groupApplied dV/dT 400 V / μs

Group to Group 1000 VAC rms for 1 minute, galvanically isolatedOutput to Bus 1780 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput Protection (internal) RC snubber suppression


418 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 842 10

Maintenance

FusesFuses

Internal NoneExternal Protect each output point with an external fuse. Schneider Electric

recommends a 5 A fuse with an T rating of less than 87.



CAUTIONOVER CURRENT TO OUPUTSProtect each point with a 5 A, 250 V fuse.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35010516 12/2018 419

140 DAO 842 10

IllustrationThe following figure shows the fuse locations for the 140 DAO 842 10 module.

420 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 842 10






1 1


16 1





State=USER DEFINED

35010516 12/2018 421

140 DAO 842 10

422 35010516 12/2018







35010516 12/2018 423

140 DAO 842 20

Presentation





424 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 842 20

Indicators



LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red A fault (external to the module) has been detected.1 ... 16 Green The indicated point or channel is turned ON.1 ... 45 ... 89 ... 1213 ... 16

Red The indicated group has a blown fuse or no field power.

35010516 12/2018 425

140 DAO 842 20

Wiring Diagram


1. N / C = Not Connected2. This module is not polarity sensitive.3. When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG;


426 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 842 20











35010516 12/2018 427

140 DAO 842 20

Specifications



VoltageVoltage


Module Type 16 OUT (4 groups x 4 points)External Power 20 ... 56 VACPower Dissipation 1.85 W + 1.1 V x Total module load CurrentsBus Current required (Module) 350 mAI/O map 1 output wordsFault Detection Blown fuse detect, loss of field power

10 s 63 VAC1 Cycle 100 VAC 1.3 ms 111 VAC peak


Each Point 4.0 A continuous, 20 ... 56 VAC rmsEach Group 4.0 A continuousPer Module 16 A continuous (see the chart below)

428 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 842 20



Surge Current (max. rms) / LeakageSurge Current (max. rms) / Leakage



One Cycle 30 A per point, 45 A per groupTwo Cycles 20 A per point, 30 A per groupThree Cycles 10 A per point, 25 A per groupApplied dV/dT 400 V / μsOFF State Leakage / Point 1 mA max.

Group to Group 1000 VAC rms for 1 minute, galvanically isolatedOutput to Bus 1780 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput Protection (internal) RC snubber suppression

35010516 12/2018 429

140 DAO 842 20

ResponseResponse


430 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 842 20

Maintenance

FusesFuses

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DAO 842 20 fuse locations.

Internal 5 A fuse for each group. For the location of the fuses see the figure below.External User installed per local and national electrical codes.



35010516 12/2018 431

140 DAO 842 20






1 1


16 1





State=USER DEFINED

432 35010516 12/2018


140 DAO 853 00: 230 VAC 4x8 Source OUT Module

Chapter 43140 DAO 853 00: 230 VAC 4x8 Source OUT Module




35010516 12/2018 433

140 DAO 853 00

Presentation

FunctionThe AC Output 230 VAC 4x8 module accepts 230 VAC powered loads.




434 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 853 00

Indicators


DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DAO 853 00 modul.


35010516 12/2018 435

140 DAO 853 00

Wiring Diagram


1. N / C = Not Connected2. When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG;


436 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 853 00











35010516 12/2018 437

140 DAO 853 00

Specifications



VoltageVoltage


Module Type 32 OUT (4 groups x 8 points)Logic True HighExternal Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 1.60 W + 1.0 V x Total module load CurrentsBus Current required (Module) 320 mAI/O map 2 output words



Each Point 1.0 A continuous, 20 ... 253 VAC rmsEach Group 4.0 A (max.)Per Module 16 A continuous (see chart below)

438 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 853 00






OFF State Leakage / Point (max.) 0.88 mA @ 230 VAC0.44 mA @ 115 VAC0.18 mA @ 48 VAC0.06 mA @ 24 VAC

One Cycle 30 A per pointTwo Cycles 20 A per pointThree Cycles 10 A per pointApplied dV/dT 400 V / μs

35010516 12/2018 439

140 DAO 853 00


ResponseResponse

Group to Group 1780 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput to Bus 1780 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput Protection (internal) RC snubber protection


440 35010516 12/2018

140 DAO 853 00

Maintenance

FusesFuses

IllustrationThe following figure shows the fuse locations for the DAO 853 00 module.

Internal 4 A, 250 V fuse. For location of fuses see belowExternal User installed per local and national electrical codes



35010516 12/2018 441

140 DAO 853 00






1 1


32 2


Mast Fast fixed to Mast if module in other than local

Timeout State Userdefined Hold Last ValueValue 1, Value 2 0 0-65535 only if Timeout

State=Userdefined

442 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 DRA 840 0035010516 12/2018

140 DRA 840 00: Relay 16x1 Normally Open OUT Module

Chapter 44140 DRA 840 00: Relay 16x1 Normally Open OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DRA 840 00 module.


Topic PagePresentation 444Indicators 445Wiring Diagram 446Specifications 448140 DRA 840 00 Parameter Configuration 450

35010516 12/2018 443

140 DRA 840 00

Presentation

FunctionThe Relay Output 16x1 Normally Open module is used to switch a voltage source using 16 relays with normally open contacts.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DRA 840 00 module and its components.



444 35010516 12/2018

140 DRA 840 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DRA 840 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DRA 840 00 module.


35010516 12/2018 445

140 DRA 840 00

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DRA 840 00 wiring diagram.

2

10

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40 39

37

35

33

31

29

27

25

23

21

19

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1 OUTPUT 1

OUTPUT 2

OUTPUT 3

OUTPUT 4

N/C

RELAY 1 COMMON

RELAY 2 COMMON

RELAY 3 COMMON

RELAY 4 COMMON

N/C

RELAY 5 COMMON

RELAY 6 COMMON

RELAY 7 COMMON

RELAY 8 COMMON

N/C

N/C

N/C

N/C

N/C

N/C

OUTPUT 5

OUTPUT 6

OUTPUT 7

OUTPUT 8

RELAY 9 COMMON

RELAY 10 COMMON

RELAY 11 COMMON

RELAY 12 COMMON

RELAY 13 COMMON

RELAY 14 COMMON

RELAY 15 COMMON

RELAY 16 COMMON

OUTPUT 9

OUTPUT 10

OUTPUT 11

OUTPUT 12

OUTPUT 13

OUTPUT 14

OUTPUT 15

OUTPUT 16

N.O.

N.C.

OUTPUT X N.O.

RELAY X COMMON

One of 16 Typical

+ -

See Note

LOAD

VOLTAGESOURCE

446 35010516 12/2018

140 DRA 840 00

Notes on Wiring Diagram For 125 VDC inductive loads, external clamping is recommended to extend relay contact life.

(1N 4004 or equivalent). N / C = Not Connected. N.O. = Normally Open. N.C. = Normally Closed.NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



35010516 12/2018 447

140 DRA 840 00

Specifications


Operating VoltageOperating Voltage


Minimum Load CurrentMinimum Load Current

Module Type 16 OUT (normaly open)External Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 5.5 W + 0.5 W x input points ONBus Current required (Module) 1100 mAI/O map 1 output word

AC 20 ... 250 VACDC 5 ... 30 VDC

30 ... 150 VDC (reduced load Current)

Each Point 2 Amps per point maximum at 250 VAC, 30 VDC at 60 deg C ambient.1 A Tungsten lamp load1 A @ a power factor of 0.41/8 hp @ 125 / 250 VAC

Each Point (30 ... 150 VDC) 300 mA (restive load)100 mA (L/R = 10 msec)

Surge Current (max.) 10 A capacitive load @ t = 10 ms

Each Point 50 mANote: Minimum load Current if the contact is used at rated loads of 5 ... 150 VDC or 20 ... 250 VDC

OFF State Leakage < 100 μA

448 35010516 12/2018

140 DRA 840 00

IsolationIsolation

ResponseResponse

RelayRelay

FusesFuses

NOTE: Relay contact life for inductive loads may be significantly increased by using external contact protection such as a clamping diode across the load.

Output to Output 1780 VAC rms for one minuteField to Bus 1780 VAC rms for one minute

2500 for one minute


Relay type Form AContact Protection Varistor 275 V (internal)Mechanical Operations 10,000,000Electrical Operations 200,000 (resistive load @ max. Voltage and Current)Electrical Operations (30 ... 150 VDC) (see note below)

100,000 @ 300 mA (resistive load)50,000 @ 500 mA (resistive load)100,000 @ 100 mA (L/R = 10 msec)100,000 Interposing Relay (Westinghouse Style 606B, Westinghouse type SG, Struthers Dunn 219 x 13 XP)

Switching Capability 500 VA (resistive load)


35010516 12/2018 449

140 DRA 840 00

140 DRA 840 00 Parameter Configuration





1 1


16 1




Output Type BINARY BCDTimeout State USER DEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 0 0-65535 only if Timeout

State=USER DEFINED

450 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 DRC 830 0035010516 12/2018

140 DRC 830 00: Relay 8x1 Normally Open / Normally Closed OUT Module

Chapter 45140 DRC 830 00: Relay 8x1 Normally Open / Normally Closed OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DRC 830 00 module.


Topic PagePresentation 452Indicators 453Wiring Diagram 454Specifications 456140 DRC 830 00 Parameter Configuration 459

35010516 12/2018 451

140 DRC 830 00

Presentation

FunctionThe Relay Output 8x1 Normally Open / Normally Closed module is used to switch voltage sources using eight relays with normally open and normally closed contacts.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DRC 830 00 module and its components.



452 35010516 12/2018

140 DRC 830 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DRC 830 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DRC 830 00 module.


35010516 12/2018 453

140 DRC 830 00

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DRC 830 00 wiring diagram.0

2

10

4

6

8

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40 39

37

35

33

31

29

27

25

23

21

19

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

N.C.

N.O.

N/C

N.O.

N/C

RELAY 3 COMMON

N/C

N/C

N/C

N/C

N/C

OUTPUT 3

RELAY 5 COMMON

RELAY 7 COMMON

RELAY 8 COMMON

OUTPUT 5

OUTPUT 6

OUTPUT 7

OUTPUT 8

+ -

See Note

LOAD

LOAD

N.O.

RELAY X

COMMON

RELAY 2 COMMON

N/C

N/C

OUTPUT XN.O.

OUTPUT XN.C.

N.C.

One of Eight Typical

N/C

RELAY 4 COMMON

N/C

N/C

N/C

RELAY 6 COMMON

N/C

N/C

RELAY 1 COMMON

N/C

N.C.

OUTPUT 3

OUTPUT 4

OUTPUT 4

OUTPUT 5

OUTPUT 6

OUTPUT 7

OUTPUT 8

See Note

VOLTAGESOURCE

454 35010516 12/2018

140 DRC 830 00

Notes on Wiring Diagram When switching DC voltages, it is recommended that the source be connected to the common

pin and the load be connected to the N.O. or N.C. contact. For 125 VDC inductive loads, external clamping is recommended to extend relay contact life (1N

4004 or equivalent). N / C = Not Connected. N.O. = Normally Open. N.C. - Normally Closed.NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



35010516 12/2018 455

140 DRC 830 00

Specifications


Operating VoltageOperating Voltage


Module Type 8 OUT (Normally Open / Normally Closed)External Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 2.75 W + 0.5 W x input points ONBus Current required (Module) 560 mAI/O map 0.5 output word

AC 20 ... 250 VACDC 5 ... 30 VDC

30 ... 150 VDC (reduced load Current)

Each Point 2 A max. @ 250 VAC @ 60 degrees C ambient, resistive load, 5A @ 40°C : see the derating curve below2 A Tungsten lamp load3 A @ a power factor of 0.41/4 hp @ 125 / 250 VAC

Each Point (30 ... 150 VDC) 300 mA (restive load)100 mA (L/R = 10 msec)

Maximum module Current 40 A (see the derating curve below)Surge Current (max.) 20 A capacitive load @ t = 10 ms

456 35010516 12/2018

140 DRC 830 00

The following figure shows the relay derating curve.

Minimum Load CurrentMinimum Load Current

IsolationIsolation

ResponseResponse

Minimum Load Current 50 mANote: Minimum load Current if the contact is used at rated loads of 5 ... 150 VDC or 20 ... 250 VAC

OFF State Leakage < 100 μA

Output to Output 1780 VAC rms for one minuteField to Bus 1780 VAC rms for one minute

2500 for one minute


35010516 12/2018 457

140 DRC 830 00

RelayRelay

FusesFuses

NOTE: Relay contact life for inductive loads may be significantly increased by using external contact protection such as a clamping diode across the load.

Relay type Form C, NO / NC contactsContact Protection Varistor 275 V (internal)Mechanical Operations 10,000,000Electrical Operations 200,000 (resistive load @ max. Voltage and Current)Electrical Operations (30 ... 150 VDC) (see note below)

100,000 @ 300 mA (resistive load)50,000 @ 500 mA (resistive load)100,000 @ 100 mA (L/R = 10 msec)100,000 Interposing Relay (Westinghouse Style 606B, Westinghouse type SG, Struthers Dunn 219 x 13 XP)

Switching Capability 500 VA (reistive load)


458 35010516 12/2018

140 DRC 830 00

140 DRC 830 00 Parameter Configuration





1 1


8 1




Output Type BINARY –Timeout State USER DEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 0 0-65535 only if Timeout

State=USER DEFINED

35010516 12/2018 459

140 DRC 830 00

460 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 DVO 853 0035010516 12/2018

140 DVO 853 00: 10 ... 30 VDC 32x1 Verified OUT Module

Chapter 46140 DVO 853 00: 10 ... 30 VDC 32x1 Verified OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DVO 853 00 module.


Topic PagePresentation 462Indicators 463Wiring Diagram 464Specifications 466Maintenance 468Addressing 469Parameter Configuration 471

35010516 12/2018 461

140 DVO 853 00

Presentation

FunctionThe Quantum 140 DVO 853 00 is a 10 ... 30 VDC, 32 point output module with diagnostic capability. The module will detect and report the output state sensed at the field connector and, depending on the selected configuration, will verify that the output point is in the state commanded by the PLC. The module is configured in four groups of eight outputs.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DVO 853 00 module and its components.



462 35010516 12/2018

140 DVO 853 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DVO 853 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DVO 853 00 module.


35010516 12/2018 463

140 DVO 853 00

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DVO 853 00 wiring diagram.

NOTE: When field wiring the I/O module, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.

464 35010516 12/2018

140 DVO 853 00




35010516 12/2018 465

140 DVO 853 00

Specifications


VoltageVoltage


Module Type 32 OUT (4 groups x 8 points)External Power 10 ... 30 VDCPower Dissipation 2.5 W + 0.1 W x input points ON + 0.4 V x total load

CurrentsBus Current required (Module) 500 mAI/O map 2 input word

2 output wordFault Detection Blown fuse detect, loss of field power, incorrect

output state.

Operating Voltage (max.) 10 ... 30 VDCAbsolute Voltage (max.) 50 VDC for 1.0 ms decaying voltage pulseON State Drop / Point 0.4 VDC @ 0.5 A

Each Point 0.5 AEach Group 4.0 APer Module 16 AOFF State Leakage / Point 0.4 mA @ 30 VDCSurge Current (max.) Each Point: 2.5 A @ 1 ms duration (no more than

6 per minute)

466 35010516 12/2018

140 DVO 853 00



ResponseResponse


Load Capacitance (max.) 75 mFTungsten Load (max.) 2.5 W @ 10 VDC

3 W @ 12 VDC6 W @ 24 VDC

Group to Group 500 VAC rms for 1 minuteGroup to Bus 1780 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput Protection Transient Voltage Suppression (internal), overload

(short circuit) protecton

OFF - ON 1 ms (typical), 2 ms (max.)ON - OFF 1 ms (typical), 2 ms (max.)

35010516 12/2018 467

140 DVO 853 00

Maintenance

FusesFuses

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DVO 853 00 module Fuse Locations.

Internal 5.0 Amp fuse per groupExternal If desired, a 3/4 A, 250 V fuse



468 35010516 12/2018

140 DVO 853 00

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires 32 contiguous, output references (%M) or 2 contiguous output words (%MW) for output data and 32 contiguous, input references (%I) or 2 contiguous input words (%IW) for verification input data. For a description of how to access the input points, please refer to Discrete I/O Bit Numbering, page 34.Output Words:

Input Words:

35010516 12/2018 469

140 DVO 853 00

Topological AddressingTopological addresses in Bit Mapping format:



I/O Map Status ByteThe eight bits in the I/O map status byte are used as follows:

The voltage error bit is set when the field supply is not present, or the group fuse is blown.The miscompare bit is set when any point within the group does not match its commanded state.




Point I/O Object CommentInputword 1 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 ValueInputword 2 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.1.2 ValueOutputword 1 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 ValueOutputword 2 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1.2 Value

470 35010516 12/2018

140 DVO 853 00



Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping BIT (%I-1x%M-0x) WORD (%MW-4X)Inputs Starting Address

1 1


31 2


1 1


31 2




Output Shutdown State

DISABLE FAILE STATES

35010516 12/2018 471

140 DVO 853 00

Automatic Restart No YesGroup_1Status Input VERIFIED HEALTH VERIFIED FAULT

INPUT ONLYACTUAL

Fail States DISABLE LAST VALUEUSER DEFINED

User Defined 0 0-255 only enabled if Fail States=USER DEFINED

Group_2Group_3Group_4

see Group_1


472 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control ExpertDiscrete IN / OUT Modules35010516 12/2018

Discrete IN / OUT Modules

Part VIIDiscrete IN / OUT Modules

IntroductionThe following part provides information on the Quantum Discrete IN / OUT modules.


Chapter Chapter Name Page47 General Information 47548 140 DDM 390 00: 24 VDC 2x8 Sink IN / 2x4 Source OUT Module 47749 140 DDM 690 00: 125 VDC High Power IN/OUT Module 49150 140 DAM 590 00: 115 VAC 2x8 IN / 2x4 OUT Module 503

35010516 12/2018 473

Discrete IN / OUT Modules

474 35010516 12/2018


General Information



Discrete I/O True High Figure The following figure shows true high/current sink input/current source output schematic.

Discrete I/O True Low FigureThe following figure shows true low/current source input/current sink output schematic.

35010516 12/2018 475

General Information



476 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 DDM 390 0035010516 12/2018

140 DDM 390 00: 24 VDC 2x8 Sink IN / 2x4 Source OUT Module

Chapter 48140 DDM 390 00: 24 VDC 2x8 Sink IN / 2x4 Source OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DDM 390 00 module.


Topic PagePresentation 478Indicators 479RIO Drop Location 481Wiring Diagram 482Specifications 484Maintenance 486140 DDM 390 00 Parameter Configuration 488

35010516 12/2018 477

140 DDM 390 00

Presentation

FunctionThe DC Input 24 VDC 2x8 Sink / DC Output 24 VDC 2x4 Source module accepts and switches 24 VDC inputs/outputs and is for use with sink input and source output devices.

IllustrationThis section contains a photograph of the front panel of the 140 DDM 390 00 moduleThe following figure shows the I/O module and its components.



478 35010516 12/2018

140 DDM 390 00

Indicators

Version Label FigureThe following figure shows the location of the version label.

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DDM 390 00 module.

35010516 12/2018 479

140 DDM 390 00

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DDM 390 module.

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red A fault (external to the module) has been detected.1 ... 8 (left columns) Green The indicated output point and channel is turned ON.1 ... 16 (right two columns)

Green The indicated input point and channel is turned ON.

480 35010516 12/2018

140 DDM 390 00

RIO Drop Location

RIO Drop Location FigureThe following figure shows the RIO drop location.

NOTE: If the 140 DDM 390 00 module is used in a RIO drop, the 140 CRA 93X 00 RIO Drop must be Version 1.04 at a minimum. Check the version label (see above) on the top front of the 140 CRA 93X 00 module and ensure that it is at the proper revision level

35010516 12/2018 481

140 DDM 390 00

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DDM 390 00 wiring diagram.

1. N / C = Not Connected2. When field wiring the I/O modules, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG;


482 35010516 12/2018

140 DDM 390 00




DANGERHAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASHBefore accessing the fuses, Remove the power to the module (pre-actuators), and Disconnect the terminal block. Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device at all line and load fuse clips to confirm


CAUTIONDAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTSProtect each point with a 1.25 A fuse (Littlefuse 3121.25, 1.25 A, 250 V).Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35010516 12/2018 483

140 DDM 390 00

Specifications




Voltage (Output)Voltage (Output)

Module Type 16 IN (2 groups x 8 points)8 OUT (2 groups x 4 points)

External Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 1.75 W + 0.36 x input points ON + 1.1 V x total

outputs load CurrentsBus Current required (Module) 330 mAI/O map 1 input word

0.5 output wordFault Detection Input: None

Output: Blown fuse detect, loss of field power.

ON level voltage +15 ... +30 VDCON level current 2.0 mA (min.)OFF leve voltage +3 ... +5 VDCOFF level current 0.5 mA (max.)Internal Resistance 2.5 kohm

Continuous 30 VAC1.3 ms 56 VAC decaying pulse

Operating Voltage (max.) 19.2 ... 30 VDCAbsolute Voltage (max.) 56 VDC for 1.3 ms decaying voltage pulseON State Drop / Point 0.4 VDC @ 0.5 A

484 35010516 12/2018

140 DDM 390 00



IsolationIsolation

Response (Input and Output)Response (Input and Output)

Module ProtectionModule Protection

Each Point 0.5 AEach Group 2.0 APer Module 4 AOFF State Leakage / Point 0.4 mA @ 30 VDCSurge Current (max.) Each Point: 5 A @ 500 ms duration (no more than

6 per minute)


Load Capacitance (max.) 50 microF


OFF - ON 1 ms (max) - (resistive load output)ON - OFF 1 ms (max) - (resistive load output)

Input Protection Resistor limitedOutput Protection Transient Voltage Suppression (internal)

35010516 12/2018 485

140 DDM 390 00

Maintenance

FusesFuses

Input Internal - NoneExternal - User installed per local and national electrical codes

Output Internal - 5 A fuse for each group. For the location of the fuses, see figure below.External - 1.25 A fuse (Littlefuse 3121.25, 1.25 A, 250 V).

DANGERHAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASHBefore accessing the fuses, Remove the power to the module (sensors and pre-actuators), and disconnect the terminal block. always use a properly rated voltage sensing device at all line and load fuse clips to confirm


CAUTIONDAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTSProtect each point with a 1.25 A, 250 V fuse.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

486 35010516 12/2018

140 DDM 390 00

IllustrationThe following figure shows the fuse locations of the 140 DDM 390 00 module.

35010516 12/2018 487

140 DDM 390 00

140 DDM 390 00 Parameter Configuration


488 35010516 12/2018

140 DDM 390 00



Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping BIT (%I-1x%M-0x) WORD (%IW-

3x%MW-4X)Inputs Starting Address

1 1


16 1


1 1


8 1




Input Type BINARY BCDOutput Type BINARY BCDTimeout State USER DEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 0 0-65535 only enabled if Timeout

State=USER DEFINED

35010516 12/2018 489

140 DDM 390 00

490 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 DDM 690 0035010516 12/2018

140 DDM 690 00: 125 VDC High Power IN/OUT Module

Chapter 49140 DDM 690 00: 125 VDC High Power IN/OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DDM 690 00 module.


Topic PagePresentation 492Indicators 493Wiring Diagram 495Specifications 497140 DDM 690 00 Parameter Configuration 500

35010516 12/2018 491

140 DDM 690 00

Presentation

FunctionThe 125 VDC High Power IN/OUT module provides four isolated outputs and four grouped inputs. The outputs switch 24 to 125 VDC powered loads and are for use with sink and source devices. The outputs also have short-circuit sense, indication, and shutdown circuitry. The inputs accept 125 VDC inputs and are for use with source output devices. The inputs have software-selectable response times to provide additional input filtering.

IllustrationThis section contains a photograph of the front panel of the 140 DDM 690 00 moduleThe following figure shows the I/O module and its components.


NOTE: The field wiring terminal strip (Modicon #140 XTS 002 00) must be ordered separately. (The terminal strip includes the removable door and label.)NOTE: The following information baselines minimum version levels that will support this module.

492 35010516 12/2018

140 DDM 690 00

Indicators

Version Levels TableThe following table shows the version levels for the Module Types.

NOTE: The version label, see figure, is found on the top front of the module.

Version Label FigureThe following figure shows the version number location.

Products Minimum Version Level (see label illustration below)

User Action Required

CPUs and NOMs < V02.20 Executive upgrade to ≥ V02.10≥ V02.20 None

RIOs < V02.00 Module upgrade≥ V02.00 and < V02.20 Executive upgrade to ≥ V01.10≥ V02.20 None

DIOs < V02.10 Module upgrade≥ V02.10 None

35010516 12/2018 493

140 DDM 690 00

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DDM 690 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DDM 690 module.

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red Over current condition on any point.1 ... 4 (left columns) Green The indicated output point is turned ON.1 ... 4 (middle columns)

Red The indicated input point has an over current condition.

1 and 4 (right columns) Green The indicated input point is turned ON.

494 35010516 12/2018

140 DDM 690 00

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DDM 690 00 wiring diagram.

1. N / C = Not Connected.2. Each output has two terminals for multiple wire connections.3. When field wiring the I/O modules, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG;


35010516 12/2018 495

140 DDM 690 00




WARNINGUNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATIONDo not reverse polarities of the output points. Reverse polarity will turn an output point ON.Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

496 35010516 12/2018

140 DDM 690 00

Specifications



Input Response (OFF-ON, ON-OFF)Input Response (OFF-ON, ON-OFF)

Voltage (Output)Voltage (Output)

Module Type 4 IN (4 groups x 1 point)4 OUT isolated

External Power Not required for this modulePower Dissipation 0.4 W x (1.0) x number of input points ON + (0.75) x

total module outputs CurrentsBus Current required (Module) 350 mAI/O map 1 input word

1 output wordFault Detection Input: None

Over Current - each point

ON level voltage +88 ... +156 VDC including rippleON level current 2.0 mA (min.)OFF leve voltage 0 ... +36 VDCOFF level current 1.2 mA (max.)Internal Resistance 24 kohms (nominal)Absolute Voltage (max.) Continuous: 156.2 VDC including ripple

Default Filter 0.5 msNon-Default Filter 1.5 ms

Operating Voltage (max.) 19.2 ... 156.2 VDC including rippleON State Drop / Point 0.75 VDC @ 4 A

35010516 12/2018 497

140 DDM 690 00


The following figure shows the 140 DDM 690 00 Derating Curve.


Each Point 4 A continuousPer Module 16 A continuous (see the derating curve)OFF State Leakage / Point 1.2 mA @ 150 VDCSurge Current (max.) Each Point: 30 A @ 500 ms durationOutput Response (OFF-ON, ON-OFF) 0.2 ms (max.) (resistive load output

Load Inductance (max.) For switching intervals ≥ 15 secondsper ANSI/IEEE C37.90- 1978/1989):

For repetitive switching:

where: L = Load Inductance (Henry). I = Load Current (A). F = Switching Frequency (Hz)

Load Capacitance (max.) 0.1 microF @ 150 VDC0.6 microF @ 24 VDC

498 35010516 12/2018

140 DDM 690 00

IsolationIsolation

Module ProtectionModule Protection

FusesFuses

Input Group to Output 1780 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput to Output 2500 VAC rms for 1 minute

Input Protection Resistor limitedOutput Protection Transient Voltage Suppresion (internal)

Input Internal - NoneExternal - User installed per local and national electrical codes

Output Each output is protected by an electronic shutdown:For current output surges between 4 A and 30 A, the input point will shutdown after 0.5 s. For current surges greater than 30 A, the output will shutdown immediately.

35010516 12/2018 499

140 DDM 690 00

140 DDM 690 00 Parameter Configuration





1 1


8 1


1 1


8 1




500 35010516 12/2018

140 DDM 690 00


Dual Mode DISABLE ENABLEFilter Selection 0.5 ms 1.5 msTimeout State USER DEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 0 0-15 only enabled if Timeout

State=USER DEFINED


35010516 12/2018 501

140 DDM 690 00

502 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 DAM 590 0035010516 12/2018

140 DAM 590 00: 115 VAC 2x8 IN / 2x4 OUT Module

Chapter 50140 DAM 590 00: 115 VAC 2x8 IN / 2x4 OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DAM 590 00 module.


Topic PagePresentation 504Indicators 505RIO Drop Location 506Wiring Diagram 507Specifications 509Maintenance 512140 DAM 590 00 Parameter Configuration 514

35010516 12/2018 503

140 DAM 590 00

Presentation

FunctionThe AC Input 115 VAC 2x8 / AC Output 115 VAC 2x4 module accepts 115 VAC inputs and switches 115 VAC loads.

IllustrationThis section contains a photograph of the front panel of the 140 DAM 590 00 moduleThe following figure shows the 140 DAM 590 00 module and its components.



504 35010516 12/2018

140 DAM 590 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DAM 590 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DAM 590 module.

LEDs Color Indication when ONActive Green Bus communication is present.F Red A fault (external to the module) has been detected.1 ... 8 (left columns) Green The indicated output point and channel is turned ON.1 ... 16 (right two columns) Green The indicated input point and channel is turned ON.

35010516 12/2018 505

140 DAM 590 00

RIO Drop Location

RIO Drop Location FigureThe following figure shows the RIO drop location.

NOTE: If the 140 DAM 590 00 module is used in a RIO drop, the 140 CRA 93X 00 RIO Drop must be Version 1.04 at a minimum. Check the version label (see below) on the top front of the 140 CRA 93X 00 module and ensure that it is at the proper revision level

506 35010516 12/2018

140 DAM 590 00

Wiring Diagram

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DAM 590 00 wiring diagram.

35010516 12/2018 507

140 DAM 590 00

NOTE: When field wiring the I/O modules, the maximum wire size that should be used is 1-14 AWG or 2-16 AWG; the minimum size is 20 AWG.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.




DANGERHAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASHBefore accessing the fuses, cut-off the power to the module (sensors and pre-actuators), and disconnect the terminal block. Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device at all line and load fuse clips to confirm


CAUTIONDAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTSProtect the module output when an external switch is used to control an inductive load in parallel with the module output. Use an external varistor (Harris V390ZA05 or equivalent) in parallel with the switch.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.



508 35010516 12/2018

140 DAM 590 00

Specifications



Typical Input ImpedanceTypical Input Impedance


Module Type 16 IN (2 groups x 8 points)8 OUT (2 groups x 4 points)

External Power 85 ... 132 VAC required for output groupsPower Dissipation 5.5 W + 1.1 V x Total module load currentBus Current required 250 mAI/O map 1 input word

0.5 output wordFault Detection Input: None

Output: Blown fuse detect, loss of field power.




2.1 mA


Continuous 132 VAC10 s 156 VAC 1 Cycle 200 VAC

35010516 12/2018 509

140 DAM 590 00

Response (Inputs)Response (Inputs)


Maximum Voltage (Output)Maximum Voltage (Output)

Maximum Load Current / OFF State LeakageMaximum Load Current / OFF State Leakage

The following figure shows the 140 DAM 590 00 Operating Curve.


Continuous 85 ... 132 VDC10 sec 156 VDC1 Cycle 200 VDCON State Drop / Point 1.5 VDC

Each Point 4 A continuousEach Group 4 A continuousPer Module 8 A continuous (see chart below for derating

above 50 degree)OFF State Leakage / Point 2 mA @ 115 VDC

510 35010516 12/2018

140 DAM 590 00

Maximum Surge Current / Min. Load CurrentMaximum Surge Current / Min. Load Current

ResponseResponse

IsolationIsolation

One Cycle 30 A per point, 45 A per groupTwo Cycle 20 A per point, 30 A per groupThree Cycle 10 A per point, 25 A per groupMin. Load Current 5 mA

OFF - ON / ON - OFF 0.5 of one line cycle max.Applied DV / DT 400 V / micro sec

Group to Group 1000 VAC for 1 minuteInput or Output to Bus 1780 VAC for 1 minute

35010516 12/2018 511

140 DAM 590 00

Maintenance

FusesFuses

Input Internal - None External - User installed per local and national electrical codes

Output Internal - 5 A fuse for each group. For the location of the fuses, see figure below.External - User installed per local and national electrical codes

DANGERHAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASHBefore accessing the fuses, Remove the power to the module (sensors and pre-actuators), and disconnect the terminal block. always use a properly rated voltage sensing device at all line and load fuse clips to confirm


CAUTIONDAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTSProtect each group with a 5 A, 250 V fuse.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

512 35010516 12/2018

140 DAM 590 00

The following figure shows the fuse locations for the 140 DAM 590 00 module.

35010516 12/2018 513

140 DAM 590 00

140 DAM 590 00 Parameter Configuration


514 35010516 12/2018

140 DAM 590 00





1 1


16 1


1 1


8 1




Input Type BINARY –Output Type BINARY –Timeout State USER DEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 0 0-65535 only enabled if Timeout

State=USER DEFINED

35010516 12/2018 515

140 DAM 590 00

516 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control ExpertIntrinsically Safe Modules35010516 12/2018

Quantum Intrinsically Safe Analog/Digital Modules

Part VIIIQuantum Intrinsically Safe Analog/Digital Modules

IntroductionThe following part provides information on the Quantum Intrinsically Safe Analog/Digital Modules.


Chapter Chapter Name Page51 General Information 51952 140 AII 330 00: Safe Analog IN Module 52353 140 AII 330 10: Safe Analog IN Module 54554 140 AIO 330 00: Safe Analog OUT Module 55755 140 DII 330 00: Safe Discrete IN Module 56956 140 DIO 330 00: Safe Discrete OUT Module 579

35010516 12/2018 517

Intrinsically Safe Modules

518 35010516 12/2018


General Information


PurposeThis chapter provides general information on Intrinsically Safe Modules.


Topic PagePurpose and Considerations 520Wiring Practices 521

35010516 12/2018 519

General Information

Purpose and Considerations

PurposeIntrinsic safety is a technique for ensuring that electrical energy supplied to circuits in a hazardous area is too low to ignite volatile gases either by spark or thermal means. Intrinsically safe circuits use energy limiting devices known as intrinsically safe barriers to prevent excess electrical energy from being applied to electrical equipment located in the hazardous area.

Module LocationThe Quantum Intrinsically Safe family of modules are entity certified to be installed in safe areas to monitor/control intrinsically safe apparatus located In hazardous areas.

Intrinsically Safe BarriersAll Quantum Intrinsically Safe modules use galvanic isolation to provide the intrinsically safe barrier between them and the field devices located in hazardous areas. Galvanic isolation in the form of an opto-isolator and DC/DC converter is provided between the field side output circuitry and the Quantum bus circuitry. The maximum agency specified intrinsically safe parameters are:0-

Intrinsically Safe Power SupplyDC/DC converters in Quantum Intrinsically Safe modules provide intrinsically safe power to field devices located in hazardous areas. No external field power is required where these modules are installed.

Installation of Quantum Intrinsically Safe ModulesQuantum Intrinsically Safe modules are designed to fit into a standard 140 XBP OXX 00 Quantum rack. The modules can be installed in any slot position in the rack. (The first slot is normally reserved for the power supply module.)

Hot Swapping

WARNINGLOSS OF ABILITY TO PERFORM SAFETY FUNCTIONSDo not attempt to hot swap a Quantum Intrinsically Safe module.Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.

520 35010516 12/2018

General Information

Wiring Practices

Safe Area Wiring PracticesIntrinsically safe wiring between Quantum Intrinsically Safe modules and the field devices located in the hazardous area must be separated from all other wiring. This can be accomplished by the following methods: Separate blue wire ducts, raceways or conduits, Grounded metal or insulated partitions between the intrinsically safe and non- intrinsically safe

wiring, A separation of two inches (50 mm) of air space between the intrinsically safe and non-

intrinsically safe wiring. With this method, the intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe wires must be tied down in separate bundles to maintain the required separation.

Identification and LabelingIntrinsically safe wiring must be properly identified and labeled. Light blue color coding should be used for all intrinsically safe wiring. The terminal strip wiring connector on all Quantum Intrinsically Safe modules is colored blue to distinguish it from all non-intrinsically safe modules.All wire ducts, raceways, cable trays, and open wiring must be labeled "Intrinsically Safe Wiring" with a maximum spacing of 25 feet between labels.

Wiring Type and GroundingShielded twisted pair wires shall be used for each of the input or output pairs connected to the Quantum Intrinsically Safe module blue terminal strip. The wire gauge size can be between AWG 20 and AWG 12. Each twisted pair wire shield must be connected to the ground screws on the rack, at the module end, and left open at the field device connection end in the hazardous area. The instruction sheet packaged with each Quantum Intrinsically Safe module contains a wiring diagram applicable to that type of module.

35010516 12/2018 521

General Information

Intrinsically Safe Wiring DiagramThe following diagram illustrates a Quantum Intrinsically Safe module using a separate raceway to isolate its external wiring to the hazardous area. This is just one of the possible ways of field wiring the module. Other methods would include bundling and laying the intrinsically safe wires in the same wiring trough with the bundled non-intrinsically safe wires, with each bundle tied down and separated by minimum of two inches of air space through out the wiring runs.

Questions Regarding Intrinsically Safe Wiring PracticesThe information concerning intrinsic safety wiring practices is general and is not intended to cover installation requirements for any specific site. Questions regarding intrinsic safety wiring requirements for your site should be referred to the approval agencies listed

522 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 AII 330 0035010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 00: Safe Analog IN Module

Chapter 52140 AII 330 00: Safe Analog IN Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 AII 330 00 module.


Topic PagePresentation 524Indicators 525Wiring Diagrams 526Specifications 535Addressing 538Parameter Configuration 541

35010516 12/2018 523

140 AII 330 00

Presentation

FunctionThe Quantum 140 AII 330 00 Intrinsically Safe Analog Input module will interface with eight intrinsically safe analog inputs, which are software-configurable on a module basis with either RTD/Resistance or thermocouple/millivolt inputs. When it is configured as an RTD/Resistance Input module, it supports 100W, 200W, 500W, and 1000W platinum (American or European) and nickel sensors. The module also allows any mix and match of sensor type or resistance inputs that can be configured by the software.When it is configured as a Thermocouple/Millivolt Input module, it accepts B, J, K, E, R, S and T type thermocouples. The module also allows any mix and match of thermocouple or millivolt inputs that can be configured by the software.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 AII 330 00 Intrinsically Safe module and its components.


524 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 AII 330 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 AII 330 00 module.

LEDs Color Indication When On Active Green Communicating with the PLC F Red A broken wire (4 ... 20 mA, only), out-of-range condition or

short circuit on any channel 1 .. 8 Red A broken wire, out-of-range condition or short circuit on the

indicated channel

35010516 12/2018 525

140 AII 330 00

Wiring Diagrams

Cenelec Approved Wiring DiagramsThe following is a Cenelec certified wiring diagram for this module configured with an RTD/Resistance connection.[

526 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 00

The following is a Cenelec certified wiring diagram for this module when configured with a Thermocouple connection.

35010516 12/2018 527

140 AII 330 00

CSA Approved Wiring DiagramsThe following is a CSA certified wiring diagram for this module when configured with an RTD/resistor connection.

528 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 00

The following is a CSA certified wiring diagram for this module when configured with a thermocouple connection.

35010516 12/2018 529

140 AII 330 00

FM Approved Wiring DiagramsThe following is a FM certified wiring diagram for this module when configured as a RTD/resistor connection.

530 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 00

The following is a FM certified wiring diagram for this module when configured with a thermocouple connection.

35010516 12/2018 531

140 AII 330 00

UL Approved Wiring DiagramsThe following is a UL certified wiring diagram for this module when configured with an RTD/resistor connection.

532 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 00

The following is a UL certified wiring diagram for this module when configured with a thermocouple connection.

35010516 12/2018 533

140 AII 330 00

Field WiringField wiring to the module shall consist of separate shielded twisted pair wires. The acceptable field wire gauge shall be AWG 20 to AWG 12. In a 2-wire field configuration, the maximum field wire length is a function of the required accuracy. Wiring between the module and the intrinsically safe field device should follow intrinsically safe wiring practices to avoid the transfer of unsafe levels of energy to the hazardous area.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.

RTD/Resistance Input WiringWhen the Universal Input module is configured as a RTD/Resistance Input module, the maximum wire length (distance to a sensor) for a 3 or 4-wire configuration is 200 meters.

Thermocouple/Millivolt Input WiringWhen the module is configured as a Thermocouple/Millivolt Input module, the sum of thermocouple source or voltage source impedance and wire resistance should not exceed 200 ohms for rated accuracy.

Fixed Wiring SystemThe Quantum140 AII 330 00 Intrinsically Safe Analog Input module is designed with a fixed wiring system where the field connections are made to a 40-pin, fixed position, blue terminal strip which is plugged into the module.

Terminal Strip Color and Keying AssignmentThe module’s 140 XTS 332 00 field wiring terminal strip is color-coded blue to identify it as an intrinsically safe connector.The terminal strip is keyed to prevent the insertion of an inappropriate connector in the module. The following table provides the keying assignment.



Module Class Module Part Number Module Coding Terminal Strip Coding Intrinsically Safe 140 AII 330 00 CDF ABE

534 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 00

Specifications

RTD/Resistance Module SpecificationsSpecifications for the Quantum140 AII 330 00 module configured as an Intrinsically Safe RTD/Resistance input module are as follows.

Number of Channels 8 INRTD Types (Configurable) Platinum (American and European) – PT100, PT200, PT500, PT1000

-200 °C to +850 °C

Nickel – N100, N200, N500, N1000

-60 °C to +180 °C

Measurement Current PT100, PT200, N100, N200 PT500, PT1000, N500, N1000

2.5 mA 0.5 mA

Input Impedance >10M ohms Linearity +/- 0.003% of full scale (0 ... 60°C) Resolution 12 bits plus sign (0.1°C)Absolute Accuracy +/- 0.5 °C (25 °C) +/- 0.9 °C (0 .. 60 °C)Accuracy Error @ 25°C Typical: +/- 0.05% of full scale Maximum: +/- 0.1% of

full scale Isolation Channel to Channel None Channel to Bus > 100 dB @ 50/60 Hz Input Filter 1780 VAC @ 47-63 Hz or 2500 VDC for 1 min. Update Time (All Channels) 3-wire 2 or 4-wire 1.35 sec.

750 m sec. Bus Current Required 400 mA Power Dissipation 2 W External Power Not required for this module Fault Detection Out of range or broken wire conditions Hot Swap Not allowed per intrinsic safety standards Fusing Internal-not user accessible

35010516 12/2018 535

140 AII 330 00

Thermocouple/Millivolt Module SpecificationsThe following table shows the specifications for the Thermocouple/Millivolt module.

Number of Channels 8 INTC Types and RangesTypes J K E T S R B Ranges (°C) -210 ... +760

-270 ... +1370-270 ... +1000-270 ... +400-50 ... +1665-50 ... +1665+130 ... +1820

Millivolt Ranges -100 mV ... +100 mV*-25 mV ... +25 mV* *Open circuit detect can be disabled on these ranges

TC Circuit Resistance/Max Source Resistance

200 ohms max for rated accuracy

Input Impedance >1M ohms Input Filter Single low pass @ nominal 20 Hz. Plus notch filter

at 50/60 Hz Normal Noise Rejection 120 dB min @ 50 or 60 Hz Cold Junction Compensation (CJC)

Internal CJC operates 0 ... 60°C (errors are included in the accuracy specification). The connector door must be closed. Remote CJC can be implemented by connecting the TC (which monitors the external junction block temperature) to channel 1. Types J, K, and T are recommended for best accuracy.

ResolutionTC Ranges Choice of: 1 degree C (Default) 0.1 degree C 1

degree F 0.1 degree FMillivolt Ranges +/- 100 mV range, 3.05 microvolts (16 bits)

+/- 25 mV range, 0.76 microvolts (16 bits) TC Absolute Accuracy (see Note 1) Types J, K, E, T (see Note 2) +/- 2°C +/- 0.1% of reading Types S, R, B (see Note 3) +/- 4°C +/- 0.1% of reading

536 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 00

NOTE: 1. Absolute accuracy includes all errors from the internal CJC, TC curvature, offset plus gain, for module temperature of 0 ... 60 degrees C. User supplied TC errors not included.2. For type J and K, add 1.5 degrees C inaccuracy for temperatures below -100 degrees C.Type B cannot be used below 130 degrees C.4. All TC ranges have an open TC detect and upscale output. This results in a reading 7FFFh or 32767 decimal when an open TC is detected.

Millivolt Absolute Accuracy @ 25°C +/- 20 microvolts +/- 0.1% of reading Accuracy Drift w/ Temperature 0.15 microvolts/°C + 0.0015% of reading/°C max. Isolation Channel to Channel None Channel to Bus 1780 VAC @ 47-63 Hz or 2500 VDC for 1 min. Update Time 1 sec. (all channels) Fault Detection Out of range or broken wire conditions Bus Current Required 400 mA Power Dissipation 2 W External Power Not required for this module Hot Swap Not allowed per intrinsic safety standards Fusing Internal - not user accessible

35010516 12/2018 537

140 AII 330 00

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires ten contiguous, 16-bit input words (%IW)—eight for input data, one for channel status, and one for the remote cold junction temperature. The data words formats are as follows.


The following figure shows the word 10 register.

538 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 00

Topological AddressingTopological addresses for the 140 AII 330 00 Input Module:


IODDTThe 140 AII 330 00 Input Module uses the T_ANA_IN_VWE IODDT:



%I[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 Out of range%I[[\b.e\]r.m.1.2 Range warning



Status Word %IW[\b.e\]r.m..9 Status of input channelsCold Junction Temperature %IW[\b.e\]r.m.10 Remote Cold Junction

Temperature



35010516 12/2018 539

140 AII 330 00

I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the 140 AII 330 00 Input Module as follows.

540 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 00


Parameter and Default values (RTD)Parameter Configuration Window (RTD)


1 -


10 -




35010516 12/2018 541

140 AII 330 00

Module Input RTD/Resistance TC/mV for Module Input=TC/mV see Parameter and Default values (TC), page 543

ModuleResolution 1.0 Deg 0.1 DegOutput Unit Centigrade FahrenheitValue Type Temp Raw ValueChannel1Disable No YesWire 4 wire 2 wire

3 wireType "Pt 100, -200 to 850" "Pt 200, -200 to 850"

"Pt 500, -200 to 850""Pt 1000, -200 to 850""Ni 100, -60 to 180""Ni 200, -60 to 180""Ni 500, -60 to 180""Ni 1000, -60 to 180""R, 0 to 766,66 ohms""R, 0 to 4000 ohms""Apt 100, -100 to 450""Apt 200, -100 to 450""Apt 500, -100 to 450""Apt 1000, -100 to 450"



542 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 00

Parameter and Default values (TC)Parameter Configuration Window (TC)

Name Default Value Options DescriptionModule Input RTD/Resistance TC/mV for Module

Input=RTD/Resistance see Parameter and Default values (RTD), page 541

ModuleResolution 1.0 Deg 0.1 DegOutput Unit Centigrade FahrenheitCold Junction Compensator On board Channel 1Channel1

35010516 12/2018 543

140 AII 330 00

Not installed No YesRaw Output Amplifier 25 100Open Circuit Test No YesType Undefined J, Gain=25

K, Gain=25E, Gain=25T, Gain=100S, Gain=100R, Gain=100B, Gain=100



544 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 AII 330 1035010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 10: Safe Analog IN Module

Chapter 53140 AII 330 10: Safe Analog IN Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 AII 330 10 module.



35010516 12/2018 545

140 AII 330 10

Presentation

FunctionThe Quantum 140 AII 330 10 Intrinsically Safe Current Input module interfaces with eight intrinsically safe analog inputs which are software-configurable. The module accepts 0 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 25 mA, and 4 ... 20 mA inputs. The module allows any mix and match of current input ranges that can be configured by the software. The module provides power to intrinsically safe transmitters located in hazardous areas.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 AII 330 10 Intrinsically Safe module and its components.


546 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 10

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 AII 330 10 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 AII 330 10 module.

LEDs Color Indication When On Active Green Communicating with the PLC F Red A broken wire (4 ... 20 mA, only) or out-of-range condition on

any channel 1 .. 8 Red A broken wire or out-of-range condition on the indicated

channel

35010516 12/2018 547

140 AII 330 10

Wiring Diagrams

Cenelec Approved Wiring DiagramsThe following is a Cenelec certified wiring diagram for the 140 AII 330 10 instrinsically safe current input module.

548 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 10

CSA Approved Wiring DiagramThe following is a CSA certified wiring diagram for this module.

35010516 12/2018 549

140 AII 330 10

FM Approved Wiring DiagramsThe following is a FM certified wiring diagram for this module.

550 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 10

UL Approved Wiring DiagramThe following is a UL certified wiring diagram for this module.

35010516 12/2018 551

140 AII 330 10

Field WiringField wiring to the module consists of separate shielded, twisted pair wires. The acceptable field wire gauge is AWG 20 to AWG 12. Wiring between the module and the intrinsically safe field device should follow intrinsically safe wiring practices to avoid the transfer of unsafe levels of energy to the hazardous area.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.

Fixed Wiring SystemThe Quantum 140 AII 330 10 Intrinsically Safe Current Input module is designed with a fixed wiring system, where the field connections are made to a 40-pin, fixed position, blue terminal strip which is plugged into the module.

Terminal Strip Color and Keying AssignmentThe module’s 140 XTS 332 00 field wiring terminal strip is color-coded blue to identify it as an intrinsically safe connector.The terminal strip is keyed to prevent the wrong connector from being applied to the module. The keying assignment is given below.



Module Class Module Part Number Module Coding Terminal Strip CodingIntrinsically Safe 140 AII 330 10 CEF ABD

552 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 10

Specifications

General SpecificationsSpecifications for the Quantum 140 AII 330 10 Intrinsically Safe Current Input module are as follows.

Number of Channels 8 INCurrent Input Linear Measuring Range 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 20 mA0 ... 25 mA

Absolute Maximum Input 25 mA internally limitedInput Impedance 100 ohms +/- 0.1% between V- and signal terminals Resolution 4 ... 20 mA, 0 to 4,095 counts

4 ... 20 mA0 to 16,000 counts 0 ... 20 mA, 0 to 20,000 counts0 ... 25 mA, 0 to 25,000 counts

Available Voltage Terminals V+, V- :~ 14.5 Vdc at 25 mA Terminals V+, Signal : ~ 13.6 Vdc at 20 mA

Accuracy Error @ 25°C Typical: +/- 0.05% of full scale Maximum: +/- 0.1% of full scale

Linearity + 0.003% of full scaleAccuracy Drift w/ Temperature Typical: +/- 0.0025% of full scale /°C

Maximum: +/- 0.005% of full scale /°CCommon Mode Rejection > 100 dB @ 50/60 Hz Input Filter Single pole low pass, -3 dB cutoff @ 15 Hz, +/- 20% IsolationChannel to Channel None Channel to Bus 1780 Vac @ 47-63 Hz or 2500 Vdc for 1 min.Update Time 750 ms for all channelsFault Detection Broken wire (4 ... 20 mA mode)Bus Current Required 1.5 A Power Dissipation 7.5 W External Power Not requiredHot Swap Not allowed per intrinsic safety standards Fusing Internal, not accessible

35010516 12/2018 553

140 AII 330 10

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires nine contiguous, 16-bit input words (%IW)—eight for input data and one for channel status. The data words formats are as follows.


NOTE: The word 9 register is the status of input channels. This status works for all configurations beginning PV04 and for any version (PV) with configuration 4... 20 mA. But the status doesn’t work for PV<04 with configurations 0...20 mA or 0...25 mA.

554 35010516 12/2018

140 AII 330 10

Topological AddressingTopological addresses for the 140 AII 030 10 Input Module:


IODDTThe 140 AII 030 10 Input Module uses the T_ANA_IN_VE IODDT:


I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the 140 AII 030 10 Input Module as follows.


%I[\b.e\]r.m.1.1 Broken wire or Out of range• • •

Input 8 %IW[\b.e\]r.m.8 Value%I[\b.e\]r.m.8.1 Broken wire or Out of range




35010516 12/2018 555

140 AII 330 10




1 -


9 -




ChannelsCH1 Range "4 ... 20 mA, 0-16000" "0... 25 mA, 0-25000"

"0 ... 20 mA, 0-20000""4 ... 20 mA, 0-4095"

CH2 Range-CH8 Range

see CH1 Range

556 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 AIO 330 0035010516 12/2018

140 AIO 330 00: Safe Analog OUT Module

Chapter 54140 AIO 330 00: Safe Analog OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 AIO 330 00 module.



35010516 12/2018 557

140 AIO 330 00

Presentation

FunctionThe Quantum 140 AIO 330 00 Intrinsically Safe Analog Output module controls and monitors current loops in intrinsically safe applications. The module provides 8 dual-ended output channels that are referenced over sense resistors to a single Common. The output ranges are 4 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA, and 0 ... 25 mA. This module detects broken wires on a per-channel basis indicates their location on the front panel LEDs, and transmits the status to the PLC.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the140 AIO 330 00 module and its components.


558 35010516 12/2018

140 AIO 330 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 AIO 330 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 AIO 330 00 module.

LEDs Color Indication When On Active Green Communicating with the PLC F Red A broken wire (4 ... 20 mA, only) or out-of-range condition on

any channel 1 .. 8 Red A broken wire or out-of-range condition on the indicated

channel

35010516 12/2018 559

140 AIO 330 00

Wiring Diagrams


560 35010516 12/2018

140 AIO 330 00

FM Approved Wiring DiagramThe following is a FM certified wiring diagram for this module.

35010516 12/2018 561

140 AIO 330 00

UL Approved Wiring DiagramsThe following is a UL certified wiring diagram for this module.

562 35010516 12/2018

140 AIO 330 00

Cenelec Approved Wiring DiagramThe following is a Cenelec certified wiring diagram for this module.

35010516 12/2018 563

140 AIO 330 00

Field Wiring Field wiring to the module should consist of separate shielded, twisted pair wires. The acceptable field wire gauge should be AWG 30 to AWG 18. Wiring between the module and the intrinsically safe field device should follow intrinsically safe wiring practices to avoid the transfer of unsafe levels of energy to the hazardous area.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.

Fixed Wiring SystemThe Quantum140 AIO 330 00 Intrinsically Safe Analog Output module is designed with a fixed wiring system where the field connections are made to a 40-pin, fixed position, blue terminal strip which is plugged into the module.




Module Class Module Part Number Module Coding Terminal Strip Coding Intrinsically Safe 140 AIO 330 00 CEF ABD

564 35010516 12/2018

140 AIO 330 00

Specifications

General SpecificationsSpecifications for the Quantum 140 AIO 330 00 Intrinsically Safe Analog Output module are as follows.

Number of Channels 8 OUTLoop Resistance 500 ohms maximumRanges 4 ... 20 mA (0 to 4095) 4 ... 20 mA (0 to 16000)

0 ... 20 mA (0 to 20000) 0 ... 25 mA (0 to 25000) Resolution 15 bits within 4 ... 20 mAAccuracy Drift w/Temperature

Typical: 40 PPM/°C. Maximum: 70 PPM/°C

Accuracy Error @ 25°C +/- 0.2% of full scale Linearity +/- 1 LSB IsolationChannel to Channel None Channel to Bus 1780 VAC RMS for 1 minute Update Time 4 ms - for all channels Settling Time 1 ms to +/- 0.1% of the final valueBus Current Required 2.5 Amps Power Dissipation 12.5 WExternal Power Not required for this moduleFault Detection Open circuit in 4 ... 20 mA rangeVoltmeter Monitor Specifications Range 0.250 ... 1.250 VScaling (Volts) = (mA) x 0.0625

Output Impedance 62.5 W Typical Wire Length 1 m maximumHot Swap Not allowed per intrinsic safety standards Fusing Internal - not user accessible

35010516 12/2018 565

140 AIO 330 00

Addressing

Flat AddressingThis module requires eight contiguous, 16-bit words (%MW) for output data. The data words formats are as follows.

Topological AddressingTopological addresses for the 140AIO33000 Output Module:


I/O Map Status ByteThe I/O map status byte is used by the 140AIO33000 Output Module as follows.

Point I/O Object CommentOutput 1 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.1 ValueOutput 2 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.2 Value

• • •Output 7 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.7 ValueOutput 8 %QW[\b.e\]r.m.8 Value

566 35010516 12/2018

140 AIO 330 00




1 -


8 -




ChannelsChannel1

35010516 12/2018 567

140 AIO 330 00

Range Selection "4-20 mA, 0-16000" "4-20 mA, 0-4095""0-20 mA, 0-20000""0-25 mA, 0-25000"

Timeout State DISABLE HOLD LAST VALUEUSER DEFINED

Timeout Value 0 0-32767 only enabled if Timeout State = USER DEFINED



568 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 DII 330 0035010516 12/2018

140 DII 330 00: Safe Discrete IN Module

Chapter 55140 DII 330 00: Safe Discrete IN Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DII 330 00 module.


Topic PagePresentation 570Indicators 571Wiring Diagrams 572Specifications 577Parameter Configuration 578

35010516 12/2018 569

140 DII 330 00

Presentation

FunctionThe Quantum 140 DII 330 00 Intrinsically Safe Digital Input module provides safe power to dry contact closures e.g., push buttons, selector switches, float switches, flow switches, limit switches, etc., in a hazardous area, and receives the proportional current to indicate an on/off state. The received current is converted into digital signals that is transferred to the PLC.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DII 330 00 module and its components.


570 35010516 12/2018

140 DII 330 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DII 330 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DII 330 00 module.

LEDs Color Indication When On Active Green Bus communication is present 1 .. 8 Green The indicated point or channel is on

35010516 12/2018 571

140 DII 330 00

Wiring Diagrams

Celenec Approved Wiring DiagramThe following is a Celenec certified wiring diagram for this module.

572 35010516 12/2018

140 DII 330 00


35010516 12/2018 573

140 DII 330 00


574 35010516 12/2018

140 DII 330 00


Fixed Wiring SystemThe Quantum 140 DII 330 00 Intrinsically Safe Digital Input module is designed with a fixed wiring system where the field connections are made to a 40-pin, fixed position, blue terminal strip which is plugged into the module.

35010516 12/2018 575

140 DII 330 00

Field WiringField wiring to the module consists of separate shielded twisted pair wires. The acceptable field wire gauge is AWG 20 to AWG 12. Wiring between the module and the intrinsically safe field device should follow intrinsically safe wiring practices, to avoid the transfer of unsafe levels of energy to the hazardous area.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.




Module Class Module Part Number Module Coding Terminal Strip CodingIntrinsically Safe 140 DII 330 00 CDE ABF

576 35010516 12/2018

140 DII 330 00

Specifications

General SpecificationsSpecifications for the Quantum140 DII 330 00 Intrinsically Safe Digital Input module are as follows.

Number of Input Points 8 IN Operating Voltages and Currents No load voltage (between input + and input -)

8 VDC

Short circuit current 8 mASwitching point 1.2 mA ... 2.1 mASwitching hysteresis 0.2 mA Switching Frequency 100 Hz maximum ResponseOFF-ON 1 msON-OFF 1 ms Isolation Channel to Channel None Channel to Bus 1780 VAC, 47-63 Hz or 2500 VDC for 1 min. Internal Resistance 2.5 K ohmsInput Protection Resistor limitedFault Detection None Bus Current Required 400 mAPower Dissipation 2 WExternal Power Not required Hot Swap Not allowed per intrinsic safety standardsFusing Internal - not user accessible

35010516 12/2018 577

140 DII 330 00





1 1


8 1




578 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 DIO 330 0035010516 12/2018

140 DIO 330 00: Safe Discrete OUT Module

Chapter 56140 DIO 330 00: Safe Discrete OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 DIO 330 00 module.


Topic PagePresentation 580Indicators 581Wiring Diagrams 582Specification 587140 DIO 330 00 Parameter Configuration 588

35010516 12/2018 579

140 DIO 330 00

Presentation

FunctionThe Quantum 140 DIO 330 00 Intrinsically Safe Digital Output module provides intrinsically safe power to a variety of components such as solenoid valves, LEDs, etc., located in a hazardous area. This module is for use with sink devices only.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 DIO 330 00 module and its components.


580 35010516 12/2018

140 DIO 330 00

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 DIO 330 00 module.

DescriptionsThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 DIO 330 00 module.

LEDs Color Indication When On Active Green Bus communication is present 1 .. 8 Green The indicated point or channel is on

35010516 12/2018 581

140 DIO 330 00

Wiring Diagrams

Celenec Approved Wiring DiagramThe following is a Celenec certified wiring diagram for this module.

582 35010516 12/2018

140 DIO 330 00


35010516 12/2018 583

140 DIO 330 00


584 35010516 12/2018

140 DIO 330 00


35010516 12/2018 585

140 DIO 330 00

Fixed Wiring SystemThe Quantum 140 DIO 330 00 Intrinsically Safe Digital Output module is designed with a fixed wiring system where the field connections are made to a 40-pin, fixed position, blue terminal strip, which is plugged into the module.

Field WiringField wiring to the module consists of separate shielded, twisted pair wires. Acceptable field wire gauges go from AWG 20 to AWG 12. Wiring between the module and the intrinsically safe field device should follow intrinsically safe wiring practices, to avoid the transfer of unsafe levels of energy to the hazardous area.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.




Module Class Module Part Number Module Coding Terminal Strip Coding Intrinsically Safe 140 DIO 330 00 CDE ABF

586 35010516 12/2018

140 DIO 330 00

Specification

Specifications TableSpecifications for the Quantum 140 DIO 330 00 Intrinsically Safe Digital Output module are as follows.

Number of Output Points 8 OUT Output Voltage 24 V (open) Maximum Load CurrentEach Point 45 mAPer Module 360 mAOff State Leakage/Point 0.4 mAResponse (Resistive Loads) OFF-ON 1 msON-OFF 1 msOutput Protection (Internal) Transient voltage suppressionIsolation Channel to Channel None Channel to Bus 1780 VAC, 47-63 Hz or 2500 VDC for 1 min. Fault Detection None Bus Current Required 2.2 Amp (full load) Power Dissipation 5 W (full load)External Power Not requiredHot Swap Not allowed per intrinsic safety requirementsFusing Internal - not user accessible

35010516 12/2018 587

140 DIO 330 00

140 DIO 330 00 Parameter Configuration





1 1


8 1

Output Type BINARY –Task(Grayed if module in other than local)



Timeout State USERDEFINED HOLD LAST VALUEValue 0 0-255 only enabled if Timeout

State=USERDEFINED

588 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control ExpertSafety I/O Modules35010516 12/2018

Quantum Safety I/O Modules

Part IXQuantum Safety I/O Modules

IntroductionThe following part provides information on Quantum Safety Analog/Digital I/O Modules.


Chapter Chapter Name Page57 General Information 59158 140 SAI 940 00S: Analog IN Module 59559 140 SDI 953 00S: Digital IN Module 60960 140 SDO 953 00S: Digital OUT Module 621

35010516 12/2018 589

Safety I/O Modules

590 35010516 12/2018


General Information


PurposeThis chapter provides general information on Safety Modules. Read thoroughly the Quantum Safety PLC - Safety Manual (part number 33003879) to build a safety PLC according to the safety certifications.


Topic PageGeneral Information on the Safety I/O Modules 592Safety I/O Modules Diagnostics 593

35010516 12/2018 591

General Information

General Information on the Safety I/O Modules

IntroductionThe following 3 Quantum Safety I/O modules are certified for use in safety applications: 140 SAI 940 00S (Analog Input) 140 SDI 953 00S (Digital Input) 140 SDO 953 00S (Digital Output)The 3 Safety I/O modules allow you to connect the Safety PLC to the sensors and actuators, which are part of the Safety loop. All of them are composed of 2 micro controller systems running the same program, sharing the same information and checking each other periodically. You can install these I/O modules in the local backplane or in remote I/O drops.

Description of the CPU-I/O CommunicationIn general, the Quantum Safety CPU masters all backplane exchanges whereas the other modules are slaves. Between Safety CPU and Safety I/Os, data are exchanged through a dual port RAM, located in the I/O module.For the communication between CPU and remote I/Os (RIOs), you must use the following 2 non-interfering modules: 140 CRP 932 00 (RIO head adapter), located in the local rack 140 CRA 932 00 (RIO drop adapter), located in the RIO dropOptionally, you can use Fiber Optic repeater modules (140 NRP 954 00, 140 NRP 954 01C). Those modules enhance remote I/O network noise immunity and increase cable distance while maintaining the full dynamic range of the network and the safety integrity level.The communication protocol between the Safety I/O and CPU secures their exchanges. It allows both to check the correctness of received data, and detect any failure of the transmitter or during the transmission. Thus, a safety loop may include any non-interfering RIO adapters and backplane. For details on this topic, see Safety I/O Modules Diagnostics (see page 593).The Safety I/O modules provide features for line monitoring, see Safety I/O Modules Diagnostics (see page 593).NOTE: Use the red labels provided with the Quantum Safety /IO modules to clearly indicate the Safety modules.

592 35010516 12/2018

General Information

Safety I/O Modules Diagnostics

Description of the I/O DiagnosticsThe following table lists the field diagnostics of the Safety I/O modules:

NOTE: Short circuit of the wiring is not detected for the input modules. It is your responsibility to make sure that the modules are wired correctly.In addition, the Quantum Safety PLC provides diagnostics of the communication between Safety CPU and Safety I/O modules, for instance a CRC. Thus, it is not only checked that the data received are the data sent but also that the data are updated. To handle disturbances, for example by EMC effects, which may temporarily corrupt your data, you can configure a maximum accepted consecutive CRC error for each module (ranging from 1 to 3). For a detailed procedure, see the chapter “Configuring I/O Modules for Safety Projects” in the Unity Pro XLS Operating Mode Manual Safety PLC Specifics .NOTE: Unity Pro is the old name of Control Expert for versions ≤ V13.1.

Diagnostics at Power UpAt power up, the I/O modules perform an extended self-test during about 30 seconds. If these tests are unsuccessful, the modules are not considered to be healthy and do not start. The inputs and outputs are then set to 0.If the 24 VDC external power supply is not connected to the digital input or digital output modules, the power up self-tests do not take place and the modules does not start.

Runtime DiagnosticsDuring runtime, the I/O modules perform self-tests. The input modules verify that they are able to read data from the sensors over the complete range. The output modules perform pulse tests on their switches with a duration lower than 1 ms.

Diagnostics Analog Input Digital Input Digital OutputOut of Range yes – –Broken Wire yes yes –Field Power – yes yesOverload – – yes

35010516 12/2018 593

General Information

Description of the General Over Voltage DiagnosticsBecause the electronics may not work up to the theoretical maximum output voltage of the power supplies, the I/O modules must supervise the backplane power supply voltage.The following table describes the supervision of the power supply:

The power supply of ... Is monitored by ...the backplane, which has a theoretical maximum output voltage of 18.5 V,

2 over voltage supervisors, that is 1 for each micro processor system. Each supervisor is able to handle a possible over voltage by opening its power switch and triggering its reset block, which manages transitions between the states of power on and power off and resets both processors when active.

the field side, which is generated by DC-to-DC converters,

2 over and under voltage supervisors, that is 1 for each micro processor system. If the 2 isolated DC-to-DC converters generating the power supply to the field side electronics experience a fault, the supervisors signal this condition to its particular processor through an isolator.

the process, which is one of the PELV type with a maximum output voltage of 60 V,

2 over and under voltage supervisors, that is 1 for each micro processor system, in the same way as they monitor the DC-to-DC converters. In case of a fault, the supervisors signal this condition to the user logic by setting a status bit in order to warn the system of possible inconsistent inputs.

DANGERLOSS OF THE ABILITY TO PERFORM SAFETY FUNCTIONSUse the correct process power supply, which is a PELV type with a maximum output of 60 V.Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

594 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 SAI 940 00S35010516 12/2018

140 SAI 940 00S: Analog IN Module

Chapter 58140 SAI 940 00S: Analog IN Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 SAI 940 00S module.



35010516 12/2018 595

140 SAI 940 00S

Presentation

Function140 SAI 940 00S is a 16 bits 4-20 mA, 8-channel current analog input module.NOTE: If an error is detected during power-up self tests, the module is unable to start any communication with the host until the error disappears.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 SAI 940 00S module and its components.

1 Model Number, Module Description, Color Code2 LED Display3 Field Wiring Terminal Block (not provided with the module)4 Removable Door (not provided with the module)5 Red Customer Identification Label (Fold label provided with the module and place it inside the door)

NOTE: The housing of safety modules is red and a red customer identification label is provided with Quantum Safety I/O modules. It shall be placed on the terminal block.

596 35010516 12/2018

140 SAI 940 00S

Grounding KitIt is recommanded to use the STB XSP 3000 earthing kit and the (STB XSP 3010 or STB XSP 3020) grounding clips. The following figure shows those elements.

Kit Comes with...STB XSP 3000 two side brackets, one 1 m grounding bar and one FE grounding clamp

STB XSP 3010 10 small cable clamps for 1.5mm to 6.5mm cable

STB XSP 3020 10 medium cable clamps for 5mm to 11mm cable

35010516 12/2018 597

140 SAI 940 00S

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 SAI 940 00S module.

NOTE: The 140 SAI 940 00S module does not use the 9 to 16 red and green channel LEDs.

DescriptionThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 SAI 940 00S module.

NOTE: The 140 SAI 940 00S module has only 8 channels. LEDs 9 to 16 are never lit.

Type of LED

LED Id Color State Meaning

System State LED

R Green ON Power ONOFF Power OFF

Active Green ON The module is communicating with the host.OFF The module is not communicating with the host.

F Red ON An internal diagnostic error is detected.OFF No internal diagnostic error is detected.

Channel LED

1 .. 8 Green ON The input current on the channel is in the 3.75 ... 20.25 mA range.OFF The input current on the channel is out of the 3.75 ... 20.25 mA range.

Red ON The channel is not operational.OFF The channel is operational.

598 35010516 12/2018

140 SAI 940 00S

Wiring Diagram

PrecautionsGrounding:Connect each end of the cable shields, as follows: on the sensors side: connect to the shield continuation terminals (ground terminals), on the module side: clamp the shielding to the ground using grounding equipment STB XSP

3000 grounding kit (see page 597) and grounding clips (STB XSP 3010 or STB XSP 3020).Field wiring:Field wiring to the module consists of separate shielded twisted pair wires.

35010516 12/2018 599

140 SAI 940 00S

IllustrationThe following figure shows the wiring diagram for the 140 SAI 940 00S module.

N/C: No Connectioninternal input impedance: 287 ohmsRmin (of the passive device): 913 ohmsRmax (of the passive device): 7713 ohms

600 35010516 12/2018

140 SAI 940 00S




35010516 12/2018 601

140 SAI 940 00S

Specifications



Linear Measuring Ranges TableLinear measuring range

Module Type 8 Channel INExternal Power Not requiredBus Current required (Module) 400 mAPower Dissipation 3,5 W maxI/O map 13 input wordsFault Detection out of 4 .. 20 mA range

internal invalid channel system inoperative

Isolation (channel to Bus) 1500 VAC eff for 1 minuteIsolation (channel to channel) 500 VAC eff for 1 minute

Absolute Current (max.) 35 mALinear Measuring Range 0 .. 25 mA, 0 .. 64 800 countsInternal input impedance 287 ohms nominal

Data Format Input Normal Warning16-bit Format 0 .. 25 mA 0 .. 64 800 counts

(2 592 pt/mA)< 9 720 (3.75 mA)> 52 488 (20.25 mA)

602 35010516 12/2018

140 SAI 940 00S


FusesFuses

Resolution 16 bits (0 ... 65 536 counts)Absolute Accuracy Error +/- 0,3% @ 25 degrees C° (77 F)

+/- 0,35% Full Temperature RangeLinearity (0 to 60 degrees C) +/- 2 μACommon Mode Rejection ?Input Filter Single pole low pass, -3 dB cutoff @ 15 HzUpdate Time 15 ms for all channels


35010516 12/2018 603

140 SAI 940 00S

Addressing

OverviewThe following information describes how the data exchanged between the 140 SAI 940 00S module and the processor module are mapped.Except for the health word, the data described here are transferred from the 140 SAI 940 00S module using the Quantum global backplane communication access mechanism which is common to all Quantum modules.NOTE: 13 words are necessary for this module: 8 words dedicated to channel values, to obtain a full scale value each analog value have to be

mapped on an UINT variable. 1 word dedicated to errors and warnings 3 words used by the module (module status, exchange number, CRC) 1 health word (this word is accessible by the processor module only)

Flat AddressingThe following diagram shows the register of words 1 to 8. On word 1, you read the analog value sampled by channel 1, and so on.

604 35010516 12/2018

140 SAI 940 00S

The following diagram shows the register of word 9. If bit 15 is set to 1, it means that channel 1 is out of range. If bit 7 is set to 1, it means that channel 1 is invalid. See the following diagram for the other channels.

Bit 15 to bit 8: These 8 bits are set to 1 if the input current of the corresponding channel is out its functional limits (under 3.75 mA or over 20.25 mA).

Bit 7 to bit 0: These 8 bits are set to 1 if internal diagnostics detects an invalid channel inside the module.

Words 10, 11 and 12 are used by the module for internal checking. module status: reserved for future use Exchange number: serial number of the set of data Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC): function used to detect errors after transmission

35010516 12/2018 605

140 SAI 940 00S

Health WordThe health word is an extra system control generated by the processor module, using the data read from the input module.Any of these errors activates the health word: invalid channel (activates only the corresponding bit of the health word) out of range current on channel (activates only the corresponding bit) CRC incorrect exchange numberIf an unhealthy input is detected (if a bit on word 13 is set to 0), the value of the corresponding channel is set to 0 (word 1 to 8) except in case of out of range (the out-of-range value is not set to zero). The following diagram shows the register of word 13.

Bit 15 to bit 8: Those bits are not used in word 13.Bit 7 to bit 0: These 8 bits are set to 1 when no error is detected.

Topological AddressingTopological addresses for the 140 SAI 940 00S Input Module.

Point I/O Object CommentInput 1 %IWr.m.1 Analog value

%Ir.m.1.1 Invalid channel%Ir.m.1.2 Out of range or broken wire%Ir.m.1.3 Health bit

• • •Input 8 %IWr.m.8 Analog value

%Ir.m.8.1 Invalid channel%Ir.m.8.2 Out of range or broken wire%Ir.m.8.3 Health bit

606 35010516 12/2018

140 SAI 940 00S

Used abbreviations: r = rack, m = module slot.

Module Status and Exchange number

%IWr.m.9.2 (internal use)

CRC LSW %IWr.m.9.3 Less significant word of 32-bit CRC(internal use)

CRC MSW %IWr.m.9.4 Most significant word of 32-bit CRC(internal use)

Health word %IWr.m.9.5

Point I/O Object Comment

35010516 12/2018 607

140 SAI 940 00S


Modes of OperationThe 140 SAI 940 00S module is configurable.The configuration includes: Maximum consecutive CRC errors before declaring the module unhealthy.

Parameter and Default ValuesParameter Configuration Window.

Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping WORD (%IW-3x) - -Input Starting Address 1 - Depends on the number of

modulesInput Ending Address 13 -Task MAST - -Max Consecutive CRC Error

1 - Define the number of communication errors necessary to declare the module unhealthy.

608 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 SDI 953 00S35010516 12/2018

140 SDI 953 00S: Digital IN Module

Chapter 59140 SDI 953 00S: Digital IN Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 SDI 953 00S module.



35010516 12/2018 609

140 SDI 953 00S

Presentation

Function140 SDI 953 00S is a 24VDC 16-channel digital input module.NOTE: If an error is detected during power-up self tests, the module is unable to start any communication with the host until the error disappears. If the 24V external power supply is not connected to the module, an error is detected on the channels and the module will not start.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 SDI 953 00S module and its components.



610 35010516 12/2018

140 SDI 953 00S

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 SDI 953 00S module.

DescriptionThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 SDI 953 00S module.

Type of LED LED Id Color State MeaningSystem State LED R Green ON Power ON

OFF Power OFFActive Green ON The module is communicating with the host.

OFF The module is not communicating with the host.F Red ON An internal diagnostic error is detected.

OFF No internal diagnostic error is detected.Channel LED 1 .. 16 Green ON The channel is ON.

OFF The channel is OFF.Red ON Inoperative channel or broken wire detected.

OFF Operative channel and wire.

35010516 12/2018 611

140 SDI 953 00S

Wiring Diagram

PrecautionsIt is recommended to use a process power supply which does not recover automatically after a disjunction. Use for instance 24VDC 10A ABL8 RPS24100 in manual mode.

CAUTIONOVERCURRENT TO THE INPUTSUse fast acting fuses to protect the electronic components of the module from overcurrent. Improper fuse selection could result to damage to the module.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

612 35010516 12/2018

140 SDI 953 00S

IllustrationThe following figure shows the wiring diagram for the 140 SDI 953 00S module.

power supply: 24 VDCfuse: 1 A fast blow fusepull-up resistor (in sensor example): 15 kOhms

NOTE: There is only one group of 16 inputs. All common 24 V are internally connected and all common 0 V are also internally connected. The two pins of a same input (e. g: pin 1 and 2 for input 1) are internally connected too so that you can use either the right pin or the left one.

35010516 12/2018 613

140 SDI 953 00S


Understanding and Using Cut Wire DetectionIf the electrical current between the input and the sensor is more than 1 mA, the wire is detected as not cut. If this current is less than 1 mA, the wire is detected as broken and the corresponding input’s red LED is lit.If you install dry contact sensors, the corresponding input’s red LED will be lit whenever the contact is open and the current will be at 0 mA. To solve this and use cut wire detection properly, Schneider Electric recommends installing a pull-up resistor on the sensors so that the minimum current of 1 mA will be reached. You can use a 15 kohms pull-up resistor or work out the value you need. See the sensor example in the illustration above.



614 35010516 12/2018

140 SDI 953 00S

Specifications


IsolationIsolation



Module Type 16 IN (1 group x 16 points)Logic True HighExternal Power 24 VDC (19.2 .. 30 VDC)Power Dissipation 2.75 W + 0.25 W x the number of ON pointsBus Current Required 550 mAI/O map 7 input wordsFault Detection broken wire (below 1mA)

internal invalid channel diagnostic system inoperative

Update Time 15 ms for all channels

Group to Group N/AGroup to Bus 1 500 VAC rms for 1 minute

ON Level voltage +11 ... +30 VDCOFF Level voltage -3 ... +5 VDCON Level current 3.0 mA (min.)OFF Level current 1.5 mA (max.)Internal input impedance 3.675 kohmsInput Protection By internal rectifier

Continuous 30 VDC

35010516 12/2018 615

140 SDI 953 00S

ResponseResponse

FusesFuses


Internal NoneExternal 1 A fast blow fuse mandatory

CAUTIONOVERCURRENT TO THE INPUTSUse fast acting fuses to protect the electronic components of the module from overcurrent. Improper fuse selection could result to damage to the module.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

616 35010516 12/2018

140 SDI 953 00S

Addressing

OverviewThe following information describes how the data exchanged between the 140 SDI 953 00S module and the processor module are mapped.Except for the health word, the data described here are transferred from the 140 SDI 953 00S module using the Quantum global backplane communication access mechanism which is common to all Quantum modules.NOTE: 7 words are necessary for this module: 1 word dedicated to channel values 1 word dedicated to wiring problems 1 word dedicated to channel state (valid/invalid channel) 1 word dedicated to power supply status (and exchange number which is used by the module) 2 words used by the module (CRC) 1 health word (this word is accessible by the processor module only)

Flat AddressingThe following diagram shows the register of word 1. On bit 15, you read the input value of channel 1, on bit 14, you read the input value of channel 2, and so on.

35010516 12/2018 617

140 SDI 953 00S

The following diagram shows the register of word 2. Bit 15 is set to 1 if no leakage current is detected on the sensor of channel 1, bit 14 for channel 2, and so on.

The following diagram shows the register of word 3. If bit 15 is set to 1, it means that channel 1 has detected an invalid channel, bit 14 is for channel 2, and so on.

618 35010516 12/2018

140 SDI 953 00S

On word 4, bit 15 is dedicated to the Process Power supply status. It is set to 1 if the external power supply is no longer detected.The other bits on word 4 and words 5 and 6 are used by the module for internal checking: Exchange number: serial number of the set of data Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC): function used to detect errors after transmission

Health WordThe health word is an extra system control generated by the processor module, using the data read from the input module.Any of these errors activates the health word: broken wire (activates only the corresponding bit of the health word) invalid channel (activates only the corresponding bit of the health word) process power supply not detected CRC error incorrect exchange numberIf an unhealthy input is detected (if a bit on word 7 is set to 0), the value of the corresponding channel is set to 0 (on word 1).The following diagram shows the register of word 7.

Bit 15 to bit 0: These 16 bits are set to 1 when no error is detected.

35010516 12/2018 619

140 SDI 953 00S


Modes of OperationThe 140 SDI 953 00S module is configurable.The configuration includes: Drop and Slot number (automatically filled by Control Expert) Maximum consecutive CRC errors before declaring the module unhealthyIf an unhealthy input is detected (i.e. a bit on word 7 is set to 0), the value of the corresponding channel is set to 0 on word 1.The module provides process side diagnostics helping the customer to debug the process interface during setup (process power supply detection and open circuit detection).


Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping WORD (%IW-3x) - -Input Starting Address 1 - Depends on the number of

modulesInput Ending Address 7 -Input Type BINARY - -Task MAST - -Max Consecutive CRC Error


620 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert140 SDO 953 00S35010516 12/2018

140 SDO 953 00S: Digital OUT Module

Chapter 60140 SDO 953 00S: Digital OUT Module

About this ChapterThe following chapter provides information on the Quantum 140 SDO 953 00S module.



35010516 12/2018 621

140 SDO 953 00S

Presentation

Function 24 VDC 0,5 A Source overload detection 16-channel Digital Output module.NOTE: If an error is detected during power-up self tests, the module is unable to start any communication with the host until the error disappears. If the 24 V external power supply is not connected to the module, an error is detected on the channels and the module will not start.

IllustrationThe following figure shows the 140 SDO 953 00S module and its components.



622 35010516 12/2018

140 SDO 953 00S

Indicators

IllustrationThe following table shows the LED indicators for the 140 SDO 953 00S module.

DescriptionThe following table shows the LED descriptions for the 140 SDO 953 00S module.

Type of LED

LED Id Color State Meaning

System State LED

R Green ON Power ONOFF Power OFF

Active Green ON The module is communicating with the host.OFF The module is not communicating with the host.

F Red ON An internal diagnostic error is detected and/or the module is in fallback state

OFF No internal diagnostic error is detected and the module is not in fallback state

Channel LED

1 .. 16 Green ON The channel is ON.OFF The channel is OFF.

Red ON Inoperable channel and/or overload detected on the channel.OFF Channel operative.

35010516 12/2018 623

140 SDO 953 00S

Wiring Diagram

PrecautionsIt is mandatory to use a process power supply which does not recover automatically after a disjunction. Use for instance 24 VDC 10 A ABL8 RPS24100 in manual mode.

CAUTIONOVERCURRENT TO THE OUTPUTSUse fast acting fuses to protect the electronic components of the module from overcurrent. Improper fuse selection could result to damage to the module.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

624 35010516 12/2018

140 SDO 953 00S

IllustrationThe following figure shows the wiring diagram for the 140 SDO 953 00S module.

power supply: 24 VDCfuse: 10 A max (determined by the module load current), fast blowpre-act: pre-actuator

35010516 12/2018 625

140 SDO 953 00S

NOTE: There is only one group of 16 outputs. All common 24 V are internally connected and all common 0V are also internally connected. For safety applications, it is recommended to connect at least 2 ground lines (common 0V) to the field wiring terminal block. The two pins of a same input (e. g: pin 1 and 2 for input 1) are internally connected too so that you can use either the right pin or the left one.NOTE: The tightening torque must be between 0.5 Nm and 0.8 Nm.



626 35010516 12/2018

140 SDO 953 00S

Specifications


VoltageVoltage


Module Type 16 OUT (1 group x 16 channels)Logic True HighPre-actuator Power Supply 24 VDCPower Dissipation 1.9 W + 0.65 V x I2

Bus Current required (Module) 350 mAI/O map 4 output words and 7 input wordsFault Detection overload

24 V process supply problem system inoperable

Update Time 15 ms for all channels

Operating Voltage (max.) 19.2 ... 30 VDCAbsolute Voltage (max.) 34 VDCON State Drop / Point 0.3 VDC @ 0.5 A

Each Point 0.65 APer Module 10.4 ASurge Current (max.) 2 A @ 10 ms once (internal current limitation)OFF State Leakage / Point 0.5 mA @ 30 VDC

35010516 12/2018 627

140 SDO 953 00S




Group to Group N/AGroup to Bus 1500 VAC rms for 1 minuteOutput Protection transient voltage suppression (internal)

overload disjunction (0.7 A @ 10 ms) current limitation (2 A)




628 35010516 12/2018

140 SDO 953 00S

FusesFuses

Internal NoneExternal Mandatory

(fast blow, max 10 A, determined by the module load current)

CAUTIONOVERCURRENT TO THE OUPUTSUse fast acting fuses to protect the electronic components of the module from overcurrent. Improper fuse selection could result to damage to the module.Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

35010516 12/2018 629

140 SDO 953 00S

Addressing

OverviewThe following information describes how the data exchanged between the 140 SDO 953 00S module and the processor module are mapped.Except for the health word, the data described here are transferred to and from the 140 SDO 953 00S module using the Quantum global backplane communication access mechanism which is common to all Quantum modules.NOTE: The words "input" and "output" used here are defined with respect to the processor module.11 words are necessary for this module: 4 words dedicated to output data 1 dedicated to channel values 3 words used by the module (exchange number, CRC)

6 words dedicated to inputs data: 1 dedicated to energized/de-energized channel detection 1 dedicated to overload errors 1 dedicated to unsafe channel errors 1 dedicated to process power supply status, malfunction from the host (and exchange

number which is used by the module) 2 words used by the module (CRC)

1 health word (this word is accessible by the processor module only)

630 35010516 12/2018

140 SDO 953 00S

Flat Addressing (Output words)The following diagram shows the register of the first output word. On bit 15, you read the output value of channel 1, on bit 14, you read the output value of channel 2, and so on.

Words 2, 3 and 4 are used by the module for internal checking: Exchange number: serial number of the set of data Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC): function used to detect errors after transmission

35010516 12/2018 631

140 SDO 953 00S

Flat Addressing (Input words)The following diagram shows the register of the first input word. If bit 15 is set to 1, it means that the output is energized on channel 1. If bit 14 is set to 1, it means that the output is energized on channel 2, and so on.

632 35010516 12/2018

140 SDO 953 00S

The following diagram shows the register of the second input word. Bit 15 set to 1 means that there is an overload problem on channel 1, bit 14 set to 1 means that there is an overload problem on channel 2, and so on.

NOTE: In case of activation of the overload bit, the corresponding output is automatically switched to the OFF state by the module (disjunction) and maintained OFF during at least 10 seconds. To recover the control of the output, it is necessary to set by application the overloaded output command of the module to the OFF state.

35010516 12/2018 633

140 SDO 953 00S

The following diagram shows the register of the third input word. If bit 15 is set to 1, it means that f the internal checks have detected a malfunction of channel 1, etc.

On word 4, bit 15 is dedicated to the Process Power supply Error. It is set to 1 if the external power supply is no longer detected. On word 4, bit 14 is dedicated to the System Shut Down. It is set to 1 if the module has detected a malfunction from its host. In that case, the module is safe and shuts down.The other bits on word 4 and words 5 and 6 are used by the module for internal checking: Exchange number: serial number of the set of data Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC): function used to detect errors after transmission

634 35010516 12/2018

140 SDO 953 00S

Health WordThe health word is an extra system control generated by the processor module, using the data read from the output module.Any of these errors activates the health word: overload problem (activates only the corresponding bit of the health word) unsafe channel (activates only the corresponding bit of the health word) malfunction of the host (SSD) process power supply problem CRC error incorrect exchange number The following diagram shows the register of word 7.

Bit 15 to bit 0: These 16 bits are set to 1 when no error is detected.

35010516 12/2018 635

140 SDO 953 00S


Modes of OperationThe configuration of the 140 SDO 953 00S includes: Drop and Slot number (automatically filled by Control Expert) Maximum consecutive CRC errors before declaring the module unhealthy Timeout before modules goes to fallback state Fallback state (user defined or hold last value)NOTE: The module only uses the word interface (%QW-4x). Although the module is a digital output, it cannot be configured to use the bit interface (%Q-0x). During normal operation, the 140 SDO 953 00S module cyclically tests its internal process side electronics so that the module detects the status of the output channels. It also runs a set of diagnostic tests on its internal system and on its internal process side electronics.

Output Fallback State ConfigurationIn case the 140 SDO 953 00S module detects a discrepancy in the data from the host, the module sets its outputs to configured fall back state.The outputs of the 140 SDO 953 00S module have three states. energized de-energized "maintain last state" (fall back state)In the parameter configuration screen of the Control Expert, you can configure the output position in case the module is no more serviced by the processor module. You can either maintain last value or define another value.

636 35010516 12/2018

140 SDO 953 00S


Name Default Value Options DescriptionMapping WORD (%IW-3x %MW-4x) - -Input Starting Address 1 - Depends on the number of modulesInput Ending Address 7 -Output Starting Address 1 - Depends on the number of modulesOutput Ending Address 4 -Task MAST - -Output Type BINARY - -Max Consecutive CRC Error


35010516 12/2018 637

140 SDO 953 00S

Module TimeOut 200 ms - Define how long the outputs last before going to their fallback position in case no communication from the processor module is detected.

Time Out StateChannel 1 HOLD LAST VALUE USER DEFINED Position in case of time out...Channel 16 HOLD LAST VALUE USER DEFINED Position in case of time out


638 35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control ExpertIndex35010516 12/2018

Index

0-9140ACI03000, 61140ACI04000, 71140ACO02000, 123140ACO13000, 133140AII33000, 523140AII33010, 545140AIO33000, 557140AMM09000, 155140ARI03010, 81140ATI03000, 95140AVI03000, 109140AVO02000, 143140DAI34000, 233140DAI35300, 241140DAI44000, 249140DAI45300, 257140DAI54000, 265140DAI54300, 273140DAI55300, 281140DAI74000, 289140DAI75300, 297140DAM59000, 503140DAO84000, 391140DAO84010, 401140DAO84210, 411140DAO84220, 423140DAO85300, 433140DDI15310, 175140DDI35300, 183140DDI35310, 191140DDI36400, 199140DDI67300, 207140DDI84100, 217140DDI85300, 225140DDM39000, 477140DDM69000, 491140DDO15310, 319140DDO35300, 329140DDO35301, 339140DDO35310, 349

35010516 12/2018

140DDO36400, 359140DDO84300, 369140DDO88500, 379140DII33000, 569140DIO33000, 579140DRA84000, 443140DRC83000, 451140DSI35300, 305140DVO85300, 461140SAI94000S, 595140SDI95300S, 609140SDO95300S, 621

Aaddressing, 27

flat, 28IODDT, 30

Cchannel data structure for analog modules

T_ANA_BI_VWE, 30, 32T_ANA_IN_VE, 30, 31T_ANA_IN_VWE, 30, 31T_CNT_105, 30

configuring discrete I/O modules, 23

IIntrisically Safe, 517

QQuantum Safety I/O, 592

Rremote I/O (RIO), 592RIO (remote I/O), 592

639

Index

Sstatus bytes, 35, 39, 45, 52, 69, 79, 92, 106, 119, 131, 140, 151, 168, 313, 470, 540, 555, 566status words, 68, 78, 90, 104, 118, 131, 140, 151, 166, 312, 469, 538, 554, 566, 604, 617, 630

TT_ANA_BI_VWE, 32T_ANA_IN_VE, 31T_ANA_IN_VWE, 31T_CNT_105, 32terminal blocks

installing, 57

640
35010516 12/2018

Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert - Discrete and ...

Documents

Transcript of Quantum using EcoStruxure™ Control Expert - Discrete and ...